WO2024004802A1 - Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024004802A1
WO2024004802A1 PCT/JP2023/023028 JP2023023028W WO2024004802A1 WO 2024004802 A1 WO2024004802 A1 WO 2024004802A1 JP 2023023028 W JP2023023028 W JP 2023023028W WO 2024004802 A1 WO2024004802 A1 WO 2024004802A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
general formula
radiation
ring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/023028
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
英治 福▲崎▼
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024004802A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024004802A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F12/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F12/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an ultra-microlithography process applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the manufacturing process of nanoimprint molds, the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, etc. The present invention relates to actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films, pattern forming methods, and electronic device manufacturing methods that can be suitably used in other photofabrication processes.
  • ultra-microlithography process applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the manufacturing process of nanoimprint molds, the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, etc.
  • the present invention relates to actinic ray-sensitive or radiation
  • Patent Document 1 describes an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a repeating unit having a specific structure in which the carboxyl group of benzoic acid is protected with an alkyl group or a group containing a cycloalkyl group. Things are specifically described.
  • the present invention has excellent resolution and LWR performance in forming extremely fine patterns (for example, line-and-space patterns with a line width of 50 nm or less, hole patterns with a hole diameter of 50 nm or less, etc.), and can obtain a good pattern shape.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B).
  • B) Generates an acid when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
  • L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
  • R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
  • R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 106 is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group having a 5-membered ring skeleton containing S, O, N, Se, or Te.
  • Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition wherein in the general formula (a), R 106 is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group having a 5-membered ring skeleton containing S, O, N, Se, or Te.
  • R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • L 111 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 117 to R 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 62 may combine with Ar to form a ring, and in that case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring, and when bonded with R 62 to form a ring, represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • R 1 and R 5 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R 2 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M n+ represents a cation.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 3 represents an aryl group in the general formula (1).
  • at least one of R 1 to R 5 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [10] or [11] which is a group containing a group that increases solubility in an alkaline developer.
  • R 6 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which . * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
  • R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the following substituent Y.
  • * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
  • Substituent Y hydroxy group, carboxyl group, group having a carbonyl bond, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, or imido group
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14].
  • a pattern forming method comprising a developing step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  • a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the pattern forming method according to [16].
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions can be provided. Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • active rays or “radiation” include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron It means a line (EB: Electron Beam) or the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV, but also to electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. It also includes drawing using particle beams such as beams.
  • " ⁇ " is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth)acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • (meth)acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are determined using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group containing a substituent as well as a group having no substituent.
  • alkyl group includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • organic group refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • monovalent substituents are preferred. Examples of the substituent include monovalent nonmetallic atomic groups excluding hydrogen atoms, and can be selected from the following substituents T, for example.
  • substituent T examples include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and tert-butoxy; cycloalkyloxy; phenoxy and p-tolyloxy groups; Aryloxy groups; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl groups; cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl groups; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy, propionyloxy and benzoyloxy groups; acetyl Acyl groups such as benzoyl, isobutyryl, acryloyl, methacryloyl and methoxalyl groups; sulfanyl groups; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl and tert-butylsulfanyl groups; phenylsulfanyl groups; alkyls
  • substituent T when these substituents can further have one or more substituents, the further substituent is a group having one or more substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituents (for example, a monoalkylamino group). , dialkylamino group, arylamino group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.) are also included as examples of the substituent T.
  • the direction of bonding of the divalent groups described is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-
  • Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too.
  • the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z”.
  • acid dissociation constant refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, it is a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using the following software package 1. is the value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
  • Software package 1 Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
  • pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method.
  • a specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. .
  • DFT density functional theory
  • there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT and one example is Gaussian 16.
  • pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1, as described above. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used.
  • pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution” as described above, but if pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” is adopted. shall be.
  • solid content means a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, it is considered to be a solid content even if the component is liquid.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "composition of the present invention") is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B). It is.
  • B) Generates an acid when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
  • L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
  • R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
  • R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention contains a repeating unit (a) having a group that decomposes and changes polarity under the action of an acid.
  • the repeating unit (a) has a structure in which a carboxyl group bonded to an aromatic ring group is protected with a protecting group containing an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
  • the repeating unit (a) has an acid-decomposable structure in which the carboxyl group bonded to the aromatic ring group is protected, and the carboxyl group after removal of the protecting group is conjugated and stabilized by the aromatic ring, so it cannot be removed.
  • Protective reactivity increases. Furthermore, since the above-mentioned protecting group in the repeating unit (a) becomes electron-rich due to the unshared electron pair forming a conjugated system, compound (B) is eliminated by the action of the acid generated. The group is more easily stabilized, and the deprotection reactivity is further improved. As a result, it is estimated that resolution will improve, and LWR performance and pattern shape will also improve.
  • repeating unit (a) contains an aromatic heterocyclic group as a leaving group, there is a large difference in hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity due to deprotection, and a large difference in solubility contrast also contributes to improved resolution. It is thought that there are.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkaline development or an organic solvent development resist composition. Among these, a positive resist composition and a resist composition for alkaline development are preferred.
  • the composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition, and more preferably a chemically amplified positive resist composition.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
  • a resin (also referred to as “resin (A)") having a repeating unit (a) represented by general formula (a), which has a group whose polarity changes when decomposed by the action of an acid, will be described.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group”). (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable resin”) is preferable.
  • the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (a) that has a group that decomposes and changes polarity by the action of an acid. It is a repeating unit that has a group that decomposes to produce carboxylic acid and increases polarity. That is, resin (A) is an acid-decomposable resin.
  • the resin (A) is a resin whose solubility in a developer changes under the action of an acid.
  • the resin whose solubility in the developer changes due to the action of an acid may be a resin whose solubility in the developer increases due to the action of the acid, or a resin whose solubility in the developer decreases due to the action of the acid.
  • the resin (A) has a group that can be decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a carboxylic acid, typically in the pattern forming method of the present invention, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, In this case, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the repeating unit (a) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (a), which has a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and whose polarity changes.
  • the repeating unit (a) is also referred to as "a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.”
  • R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
  • L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
  • R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
  • R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • Examples of the organic group represented by R 101 to R 103 include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aromatic ring group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 3.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in this cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 8.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, and the like.
  • heteroaryl group examples include heteroaryl groups having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, including those having a 5- to 10-membered ring, and specifically, a furyl group, a thienyl group, Preferred examples include a thiazolyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an oxazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzothienyl group, a quinolinyl group, and a carbazolyl group.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 101 to R 103 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • R 102 may combine with L 101 to form a ring, in which case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
  • the alkylene group include groups obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the alkyl groups represented by R 101 to R 103 .
  • the alkenylene group include groups obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the alkenyl group represented by R 101 to R 103 .
  • R 101 to R 103 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 101 and R 102 are a hydrogen atom, and R 103 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. More preferably, R 101 to R 103 are hydrogen atoms.
  • L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group represented by L 101 includes an arylene group or a heteroarylene group.
  • Examples of the arylene group as L 101 include arylene groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specifically, preferred examples include phenylene group, naphthylene group, and anthrylene group.
  • Examples of the heteroarylene group as L 101 include heteroarylene groups having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, including 5- to 10-membered rings, and specifically, furyl groups. , thienyl group, thiazolyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, quinolinyl group, carbazolyl group, etc., with one arbitrary hydrogen atom removed.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group represented by L 101 may further have a substituent, such as a halogen atom.
  • L 101 may be combined with R 102 to form a ring, and in this case, L 101 represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
  • the trivalent aromatic ring group include a group obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the above-mentioned divalent aromatic ring group.
  • L 101 is preferably an arylene group, more preferably a phenylene group.
  • R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • alkyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 examples include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, etc. Preferred are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 includes a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 4 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group, Or a cyclohexyl group is preferred.
  • the aryl group represented by R 104 and R 105 includes aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms such as phenyl group and naphthyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R 104 and R 105 has 2 to 15 carbon atoms, such as furyl group, thienyl group, thiazolyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, quinolinyl group, carbazolyl group, etc. heteroaryl groups.
  • alkenyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 examples include alkenyl groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, including vinyl group, 1-methylvinyl group, 1-propenyl group, allyl group, and 2-methyl-1-propenyl group. Alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms such as penyl group are preferred.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 includes an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R 104 and R 105 are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 104 and R 105 combine with each other to form a ring, it is preferable that they form a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkenyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group formed by combining R 104 and R 105 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups. Examples include alkyl groups and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl groups, tetracyclodecanyl groups, tetracyclododecanyl groups, and adamantyl groups. Among these, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • Examples of the cycloalkenyl group formed by combining R 104 and R 105 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and among them, monocyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Groups are preferred.
  • the substituents represented by R 104 and R 105 may be further substituted with an organic group. It is preferable that the organic group contains 0 to 1 heteroatom.
  • examples of the organic group include an alkyl group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), etc. can be mentioned.
  • One of the methylene groups in the above substituents represented by R 104 and R 105 may be replaced with a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • one of the methylene groups constituting the ring is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be substituted with a group having an atom.
  • the total number of heteroatoms contained in R 104 and R 105 is 0 to 1.
  • the number of carbon atoms contained in each group of R 104 and R 105 is preferably 1 to 7.
  • the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 104 and R 105 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more. It is preferable to set the total number of carbon atoms to 1 or more because the deprotection reactivity of the protecting group can be increased. Further, the total number of carbon atoms is preferably 9 or less, more preferably 7 or less. By setting the total number of carbon atoms to 9 or less, the desorbed product released from the resin (A) by the acid generated by the compound (B) described below is unlikely to remain in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Resolution is further improved.
  • the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 104 and R 105 is preferably 5 to 9, more preferably 5 to 7.
  • R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R 104 and R 105 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 104 is preferably a hydrogen atom
  • R 105 is preferably an alkyl group
  • R 105 is a methyl group.
  • Another preferred embodiment is one in which R 104 and R 105 combine to form a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
  • R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
  • heteroatom in which the lone pair of electrons constitutes a conjugated system in the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R106 include S, O, N, Se, or Te; Preferably, S or O is more preferable.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 106 in which the lone pair of electrons of the heteroatom constitutes a conjugated system may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups having a 5-membered ring skeleton containing S, O, N, Se, or Te are preferred; More preferred is an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 106 examples include S of a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiophene ring.
  • a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group such as a ring in which Se or Te is substituted for S in a benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, benzimidazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, or benzothiophene ring
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups containing the heterocyclic skeleton listed above as the monocyclic ring, such as a ring in which S is replaced with Se or Te in the dibenzothiophene ring, and a ring in which S in the dibenzothiophene ring is replaced with Se or Te. It's not something you can do.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 106 may further have a substituent, such as a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, a thiol group, and the like.
  • the number of further substituents may be one, or two or more. When it has two or more substituents, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 106 does not include aromatic heterocyclic groups in which the lone pair of heteroatoms does not constitute a conjugated system (eg, pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyrazine, pyrimidine, quinazoline, acridine, etc.).
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (a) is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (a-1) below.
  • R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 116 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
  • R 111 to R 113 in general formula (a-1) have the same meanings as R 101 to R 103 in general formula (a) above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R 102 in general formula (a) is combined with L 101 to form a ring is excluded.
  • R 114 to R 116 in general formula (a-1) have the same meanings as R 104 to R 106 in general formula (a) above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R 106 in general formula (a) is combined with at least one of R 104 and R 105 to form a ring is excluded.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (a) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following general formulas (a-2) to (a-7).
  • R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • L 111 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 117 to R 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 111 to R 113 and L 111 have the same meanings as R 101 to R 103 and L 101 in general formula (a), and are preferred examples. The same is true. However, an embodiment in which R 102 in general formula (a) is combined with L 101 to form a ring is excluded. In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 114 and R 115 have the same meanings as R 104 and R 105 in the above general formula (a), and preferred examples are also the same. However, an embodiment in which R 106 in general formula (a) is combined with at least one of R 104 and R 105 to form a ring is excluded.
  • R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R 117 to R 121 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, and a thiol group.
  • halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom being preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and includes an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, with phenyl groups being preferred.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is preferably the same as the alkyl group represented by R 117 to R 121 above.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and includes an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the ring include a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • examples of the cycloalkyl group include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • examples of the cycloalkenyl group include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and monocyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the aryl group a phenyl group is preferred.
  • As the heteroaryl group a thiophene ring group is preferred.
  • R 117 to R 121 combine with each other to form a ring
  • the form of the ring is not particularly limited, but examples include the following forms.
  • general formula (a-2) an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 119 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • general formula (a-3) an embodiment in which two of R 118 to R 119 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • general formula (a-4) an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 118 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and an embodiment in which two of R 119 to R 121 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 117 to R 121 preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, it is also preferable that they are bonded to each other to form an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the substituent represented by R is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group (having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, with phenyl groups being preferred.
  • heteroaryl group examples include heteroaryl groups having 2 to 15 carbon atoms such as furyl group, thienyl group, thiazolyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, quinolinyl group, and carbazolyl group. It will be done.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • A preferably represents S, O, or N(R), and more preferably S or O.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (a) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (a-2) or general formula (a-3) above, and in general formula (a-2), More preferably, it is a repeating unit represented by:
  • the resin (A) may contain one type of repeating unit (a), or may contain two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) is 15 mol% or more with respect to all repeating units of the resin (A). It is preferably at least 20 mol%, even more preferably at least 30 mol%. When the content is 15 mol% or more, the effects of the present invention are more likely to occur.
  • the content of repeating units (a) contained in resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) is 70 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of resin (A).
  • the content is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) shall be 10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the resin (A).
  • the content is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more. When the content is 10% by mass or more, the effects of the present invention are more likely to occur.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) is 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the resin (A). It is preferably at most 60% by mass, more preferably at most 50% by mass.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit (a) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than repeating unit (a) known repeating units can be used as appropriate.
  • paragraphs [0055] to [0191] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 paragraphs [0035] to [0085] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1
  • US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147150A1 Repeating units having acid-decomposable groups in known resins disclosed in paragraphs [0045] to [0090] of the specification can be suitably used.
  • the content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) is based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). It is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, even more preferably 30 to 70 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may contain repeating units other than the repeating unit (a) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group, and preferably contains a repeating unit (c) represented by the following general formula (c).
  • R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 62 may combine with Ar to form a ring, and in that case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 62 to form a ring, represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
  • the organic group represented by R 61 to R 63 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 61 to R 63 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is still more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 61 to R 63 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among these, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group are preferred.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 61 to R 63 is preferably the same as the alkyl group in R 61 to R 63 above.
  • the alkylene group for R 62 is preferably a group obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the alkyl group in R 61 to R 63 above.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 61 to R 63 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
  • Preferred substituents for each of the above groups include, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thioether group, and an acyl group. , an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, and a nitro group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
  • Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group when k is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group.
  • a hetero ring such as a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiazole ring.
  • a ring group is preferred.
  • (k+1)-valent aromatic ring groups when k is an integer of 2 or more include (k-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups. The following groups are mentioned.
  • the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, and an alkylsulfonyloxy group. , an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and the like.
  • Ar is preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and a biphenylene ring group.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (c) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar is preferably a benzene ring group, more preferably a phenylene group (a divalent benzene ring group).
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L includes *-X 4 -L 4 -**.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 64 -
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or an alkylene group. * is a bond with the carbon atom of the main chain in general formula (c), and ** is a bond with Ar.
  • the alkyl group of R 64 in -CONR 64 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) represented by X 4 includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec Examples include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as -butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group, with alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms being preferred.
  • X 4 is preferably a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH-, and more preferably a single bond or -COO-.
  • the alkylene group for L 4 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octylene group.
  • L is preferably a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH-, and more preferably a single bond.
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • k is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (c) is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (1) below.
  • A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
  • R represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, and there are a plurality of them. They may be the same or different depending on the case. When a plurality of R's are present, they may cooperate with each other to form a ring.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a represents an integer from 1 to 3.
  • b represents an integer from 0 to (3-a).
  • a represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a represents 2 or 3.
  • the content of the repeating unit (c) is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 15 to 75 mol%, and even more preferably 20 to 50 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following group A, and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following group B. good.
  • Group A A group consisting of the following repeating units (20) to (25).
  • (20) A repeating unit having an acid group, as described below.
  • a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group described below A repeating unit having a photoacid generating group described later (25)
  • Group B A group consisting of the following repeating units (30) to (32).
  • a preferred embodiment of the resin (A) includes an embodiment in which the resin (A) contains at least one of a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group other than the repeating unit (c) and a repeating unit having a lactone group. This improves the adhesion of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention to the substrate.
  • the resin (A) preferably has an acid group, and as described below, preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the resin (A) has an acid group, the interaction between the resin (A) and the acid generated from the photoacid generator is more excellent. As a result, acid diffusion is further suppressed, and the cross-sectional shape of the formed pattern can be made more rectangular.
  • the resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above group A.
  • the resin (A) should have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above group A. is preferred.
  • the resin (A) may contain at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the resin (A) may have one repeating unit containing both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom; It may contain two types: a repeating unit having a fluorine atom and a repeating unit containing an iodine atom.
  • the resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B above.
  • the resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above group B. preferable.
  • the resin (A) contains neither a fluorine atom nor a silicon atom.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group other than the repeating unit (c).
  • an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable.
  • the acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3 to 13, and even more preferably 5 to 10.
  • the content of acid groups in the resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is often 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. Among these, 0.8 to 6.0 mmol/g is preferable, 1.2 to 5.0 mmol/g is more preferable, and even more preferably 1.6 to 4.0 mmol/g.
  • the content of acid groups is within the above range, development proceeds well, the formed pattern shape is excellent, and the resolution is also excellent.
  • the acid group for example, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group is preferable.
  • hexafluoroisopropanol group one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group).
  • the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group and the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group described below.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • repeating units having an acid group other than the above repeating unit (c) include the following repeating units.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 5 mol% or more, and 10 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). is more preferable.
  • the upper limit thereof is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 65 mol% or less, and even more preferably 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • Resin (A) does not have any acid-decomposable groups or acid groups, and does not contain fluorine, bromine, or iodine atoms, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating units having acid-decomposable groups and repeating units having acid groups. (hereinafter also referred to as unit X).
  • the ⁇ repeat unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group but a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom> referred to herein means the ⁇ repeat unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group> described below. It is preferable that the repeating unit is different from other types of repeating units belonging to Group A, such as , and ⁇ repeat unit having a photoacid generating group>.
  • a repeating unit represented by formula (C) is preferable.
  • L 5 represents a single bond or an ester group.
  • R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • R10 may have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Represents an aryl group or a group combining these.
  • the content of unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom is preferably 10 mol% or more based on all repeating units of the resin (A). , more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, particularly preferably 40 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less based on all repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom includes, for example, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and an acid-decomposable group, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Examples include repeating units having an atom or an iodine atom and an acid group, and repeating units having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as "unit Y") having at least one type selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group. It is also preferable that the unit Y does not have an acid group such as a hydroxyl group or a hexafluoropropanol group.
  • the lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • the lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure.
  • 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structures are fused with other ring structures to form a bicyclo or spiro structure, or 5- to 7-membered sultone structures to form a bicyclo or spiro structure. More preferred is a structure in which another ring structure is condensed.
  • the resin (A) has a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). It is preferable to have a repeating unit having a lactone group or sultone group formed by abstracting one or more hydrogen atoms from a ring member atom of a sultone structure, and the lactone group or sultone group may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • ring member atoms of a lactone group or a sultone group may constitute the main chain of the resin (A).
  • the lactone structure or sultone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , a halogen atom, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n2 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or more, a plurality of Rb 2s may be different, or a plurality of Rb 2s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the unit include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AI).
  • Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom of Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Ab is a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a divalent linkage of a combination thereof. represents a group.
  • Ab is preferably a single bond or a connecting group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 -.
  • Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, and is preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group, or norbornylene group.
  • V is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or Represents a group obtained by abstracting one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a sultone structure represented by any of 3).
  • any optical isomer may be used. Further, one type of optical isomer may be used alone or a plurality of optical isomers may be used in combination. When one type of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
  • a cyclic carbonate group is preferable.
  • a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1) is preferable.
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 's may be the same or different.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group mentioned above is an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these.
  • a valent linking group is preferred.
  • Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula.
  • the content of the unit Y is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the upper limit thereof is preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, particularly 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). preferable.
  • the resin (A) is a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (preferably an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays) (hereinafter also referred to as a "photoacid generating group") as a repeating unit other than the above. It may have.
  • actinic rays or radiation preferably an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays
  • photoacid generating group a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid when decomposed by irradiation with an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
  • the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group include a repeating unit represented by formula (4).
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L 42 represents a divalent linking group.
  • R 40 represents a structural moiety that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in the side chain. Examples of repeating units having a photoacid generating group are shown below.
  • examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) include the repeating units described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of JP2014-041327A and WO2018/193954A. Examples include the repeating units described in paragraph [0094].
  • the content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably 1 mol% or more with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A), More preferably 5 mol% or more. Further, the upper limit thereof is preferably 40 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
  • the repeating units represented by the following formulas (V-1) and (V-2) are preferably repeating units different from the above-mentioned repeating units.
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is the number of carbon atoms 1 to 6 alkyl groups or fluorinated alkyl groups), or carboxyl groups.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • n 3 represents an integer from 0 to 6.
  • n 4 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • the repeating units represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are illustrated below. Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include the repeating unit described in paragraph [0100] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development.
  • Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, even more preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C.
  • Tg is preferably 400°C or less, more preferably 350°C or less.
  • Tg of a repeating unit the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a polymer such as resin (A) (hereinafter referred to as "Tg of a repeating unit" is calculated by the following method.
  • the Tg of a homopolymer consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method.
  • the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated.
  • the Tg at each mass ratio is calculated using Fox's formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and these are summed to determine the Tg (° C.) of the polymer.
  • the Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). Calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using polymer physical property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
  • the resin (A) In order to increase the Tg of the resin (A) (preferably to make the Tg higher than 90° C.), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A).
  • methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of resin (A) include the following methods (a) to (e). (a) Introduction of a bulky substituent to the main chain (b) Introduction of multiple substituents to the main chain (c) Introduction of a substituent that induces interaction between resins (A) near the main chain ( d) Main chain formation with a cyclic structure (e) Connection of the cyclic structure to the main chain It is preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit whose homopolymer Tg is 130° C. or higher.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one type of group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group that the resin (A) has include the repeating units described in ⁇ Repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group> described above.
  • the preferable content is also as explained above in ⁇ Repeating unit having lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves substrate adhesion and developer affinity.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP-A No. 2014-098921.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
  • alkali-soluble group include the groups described in paragraph [0163] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
  • repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP-A-2014-098921.
  • the resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and may have repeating units that are not acid-decomposable.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not showing acid decomposability include the repeating unit group described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group has both a hydroxyl group and a cyano group as described in paragraphs [0165] to [0168] of WO 2022/024928. This is the same as the repeating unit represented by formula (III).
  • the resin (A) may have repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units.
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an oxathian ring group, a repeating unit having an oxazolone ring group, a repeating unit having a dioxane ring group, and a repeating unit having a hydantoin ring group. You may do so.
  • Specific examples of repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units include those described in paragraph [0170] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
  • the resin (A) contains various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc. It may have.
  • the resin (A) especially when the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, all of the repeating units are derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is preferable that the repeating unit is composed of repeating units. Specific embodiments include those described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
  • Resin (A) can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by GPC method. Particularly preferred is 5,000 to 15,000.
  • the degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (A) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and 1.2 to 2.0. is particularly preferred. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the sidewalls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
  • composition of the present invention may contain one type of resin (A) or two or more types.
  • the content of the resin (A) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, and 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
  • composition of the present invention contains a compound (also referred to as “compound (B),”"photoacidgenerator,” or “photoacid generator (B)”) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated into a part of the polymer. Further, a form of a low molecular compound and a form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used together.
  • the molecular weight of the photoacid generator is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more.
  • the photoacid generator is incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A), or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A).
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of -10 or more and 5 or less when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the compound (B) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 5 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R 2 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M n+ represents a cation.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) has an aromatic ring group such as an aryl group or a heteroaryl group or a sulfo group, the ⁇ - ⁇ interaction and the hydrogen bond between the L 101 of the repeating unit (a) and the ester bond increase the compatibility between the resin (A) and the compound (B) and make the material distribution uniform.
  • the LWR performance and pattern shape can be further improved.
  • Examples of the aryl group as R 1 and R 5 include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specifically, preferred examples include phenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, etc. can.
  • Examples of the heteroaryl group as R 1 and R 5 include a heteroaryl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, including a 5- to 10-membered ring, and specifically, , furyl group, thienyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, quinolinyl group, carbazolyl group, and the like.
  • Substituents for R 2 to R 4 are not particularly limited as long as they are monovalent substituents, but include, for example, alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms. Examples include groups containing atoms and heteroatoms such as silicon atoms; and combinations of two or more thereof.
  • alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 include alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, or dodecyl group. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl groups as R 2 to R 4 examples include alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and alkenyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in this cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 8.
  • Examples of the aryl group as R 2 to R 4 include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specifically, preferred examples include phenyl group, naphthyl group, and anthryl group. can.
  • Examples of the halogen atoms as R 2 to R 4 include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms.
  • Groups containing heteroatoms include, for example, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, thiol group, thioether group, nitro group, nitroso group, cyano group, amino group, acyloxy group, acylamido group, heteroaryl group, ether bond, carbonyl group, etc. Examples include bonds and combinations of two or more thereof.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group, acyloxy group and acylamido group is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 8 or less.
  • the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, n-butyloxy group, t-butoxy group and octyloxy group. Among these, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and t-butoxy groups are particularly preferred.
  • the thioether group the same ones as the alkoxy group can be mentioned, except that a sulfur atom is used instead of an oxygen atom.
  • the acyloxy group include an acetyloxy group.
  • the acylamide group include an acetylamide group.
  • the heteroaryl group include the same heteroaryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
  • the aryl group and heteroaryl group as R 1 and R 5 may further have a substituent.
  • Further substituents include, for example, alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and two or more of these. A combination of these can be mentioned.
  • Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 -
  • substituents as R 4 alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
  • the aryl group or heteroaryl group as R 1 and R 5 has a plurality of substituents, at least two of the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Additional substituents include, for example, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amido groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, etc. group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • R 1 and R 5 are a group containing a polar group as described below, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer.
  • a group containing a group can be constructed.
  • the above R 2 to R 4 are a group containing a polar group as described below, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer.
  • a group containing a group can be constructed.
  • R 3 preferably represents an aryl group.
  • the aryl group as R 3 include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
  • the aryl group as R 3 may further have a substituent.
  • the above-mentioned groups can be mentioned as specific examples of the substituents that R 1 and R 5 described above may further have.
  • the aryl group as R 3 has a plurality of substituents, at least two of the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • At least one of R 1 to R 5 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer.
  • a group containing a group that increases solubility in an alkaline developer is preferable.
  • Examples of the polar group in the group containing a polar group as at least one of R 1 to R 5 include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) group.
  • alkylcarbonyl)methylene group (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group
  • acidic groups such as a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group and a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
  • alcoholic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the hydroxyl group is an electron-withdrawing group such as a fluorine atom at the ⁇ position of the hydroxyl group.
  • aliphatic alcohols substituted with functional groups for example, hexafluoroisopropanol groups, etc.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, or a fluorinated alcohol group preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group containing a polar group include a group having a carbonyl bond.
  • Examples of the group having a carbonyl bond include an alkylcarbonyl group and an arylcarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
  • Examples of the aryl group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
  • a group having a carbonyl bond is a group in which a carbonyl bond and an ether bond are not bonded adjacently.
  • the alkylcarbonyl group and arylcarbonyl group as a group having a carbonyl bond may further have a substituent.
  • Further substituents include, for example, alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and two or more of these. A combination of these can be mentioned.
  • Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 -
  • substituents as R 4 alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
  • Examples of the group containing a polar group include, but are not particularly limited to, organic groups containing a polar group.
  • Examples of organic groups containing polar groups include alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; Examples include a combination of more than one species and a group having a polar group.
  • Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 -
  • substituents as R 4 alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
  • Examples of the group containing a polar group include an alkyl group containing a polar group and an aryl group containing a polar group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group containing a polar group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
  • Examples of the aryl group in the aryl group containing a polar group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 . Further, the group containing a polar group may be the polar group itself.
  • a group which decomposes and increases polarity by the action of an acid in a group containing a group which decomposes and increases polarity by the action of an acid as at least one of R 1 to R 5 ) preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid.
  • the polar group include those similar to the polar group in the group containing a polar group as at least one of R 1 to R 5 .
  • Examples of groups that decompose and leave due to the action of acids include those described in paragraphs [0030] to [0035] and [0037] to [0039] of International Publication No. 2022/024928. Can be done.
  • the group containing an acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group containing an acid-decomposable group, and examples include organic groups containing an acid-decomposable group.
  • organic groups containing acid-decomposable groups include alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; Examples include a combination of two or more of the following, which has an acid-decomposable group.
  • Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 -
  • substituents as R 4 alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
  • Examples of the group containing an acid-decomposable group include an alkyl group containing an acid-decomposable group and an aryl group containing an acid-decomposable group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group containing an acid-decomposable group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
  • Examples of the aryl group in the aryl group containing an acid-decomposable group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
  • the group containing an acid-decomposable group may be the acid-decomposable group itself.
  • At least one of R 1 to R 5 contains a group that decomposes under the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer.
  • a group that increases the solubility in is also called a "polar conversion group", and specific examples include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), an acid anhydride group (-C(O)OC(O) -), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC(O)O-), sulfuric acid ester group (-OSO 2 O-), sulfonic acid ester group (-SO 2 O-) and the like.
  • Examples of the group containing a polarity converting group include an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and an imide group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the acyl group in the acyloxy group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
  • An imide group is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from imide.
  • the acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, and imide group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents the above-mentioned groups can be mentioned as specific examples of the substituents that R 1 and R 5 described above may further have.
  • the polarity converting group is a group represented by X in the partial structure represented by general formula (KA-1) or (KB-1).
  • X in the general formula (KA-1) or (KB-1) is a carboxylic acid ester group: -COO-, an acid anhydride group: -C(O)OC(O)-, an acid imide group: -NHCONH-, Carboxylic acid thioester group: -COS-, carbonate ester group: -OC(O)O-, sulfuric acid ester group: -OSO 2 O-, sulfonic acid ester group: -SO 2 O-.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 may be the same or different, and each represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the compound represented by the above general formula (1) has a partial structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) or (KB-1) as a group containing a polarity converting group.
  • the partial structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) and the partial structure represented by (KB-1) when Y 1 and Y 2 are monovalent,
  • the group having the partial structure is a group having a monovalent or higher valence from which at least one arbitrary hydrogen atom in the partial structure is removed.
  • the partial structure represented by general formula (KA-1) is a structure that forms a ring structure together with the group as X.
  • X in general formula (KA-1) is preferably a carboxylic ester group (ie, when KA-1 forms a lactone ring structure), an acid anhydride group, or a carbonate ester group. More preferred is a carboxylic acid ester group.
  • the ring structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) may have a substituent, for example, it may have nka number of substituents Z ka1 .
  • Z ka1 When there is a plurality of Z ka1 , each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an ether group, a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an aryl group, a lactone ring group, or an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Z ka1 may be connected to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by connecting Z ka1 to each other include a cycloalkyl ring and a hetero ring (cyclic ether ring, lactone ring, etc.).
  • nka represents an integer from 0 to 10. It is preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably an integer of 0 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and most preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the electron-withdrawing group as Z ka1 is the same as the electron-withdrawing group as Y 1 and Y 2 described below, which are represented by a halogen atom. Note that the electron-withdrawing group may be substituted with another electron-withdrawing group.
  • Z ka1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an ether group, a hydroxyl group, or an electron-withdrawing group, and more preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the ether group is preferably one substituted with an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, that is, an alkyl ether group.
  • Preferable examples of the electron-withdrawing group are the same as the electron-withdrawing groups as Y 1 and Y 2 described below.
  • halogen atom as Z ka1 examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
  • the alkyl group as Z ka1 may have a substituent and may be either linear or branched.
  • the straight chain alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group.
  • the branched alkyl group preferably has 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, an i-propyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-pentyl group, a t-pentyl group, Examples include i-hexyl group, t-hexyl group, i-heptyl group, t-heptyl group, i-octyl group, t-octyl group, i-nonyl group, and t-decanoyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group as Z ka1 may have a substituent, and may be monocyclic, polycyclic, or bridged.
  • a cycloalkyl group may have a bridged structure.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclooctyl group, and the like.
  • Examples of the polycyclic type include groups having a bicyclo, tricyclo, and tetracyclo structure having 5 or more carbon atoms, and preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, Examples include camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, ⁇ -pinel group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group, androstannyl group, and the like.
  • the following structures are also preferable as the cycloalkyl group. Note that some of the carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms.
  • Preferred examples of the alicyclic moiety include adamantyl group, noradamantyl group, decalin group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, norbornyl group, cedrol group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, and cyclodecanyl group. and cyclododecanyl group.
  • adamantyl group More preferred are adamantyl group, decalin group, norbornyl group, cedrol group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecanyl group, cyclododecanyl group, and tricyclodecanyl group.
  • substituents of these alicyclic structures include alkyl groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, carboxyl groups, and alkoxycarbonyl groups.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or an isopropyl group.
  • Preferable examples of the alkoxy group include those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and butoxy groups. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group and alkoxy group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of the lactone ring group of Z ka1 include groups obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a structure represented by any of (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) described below.
  • Examples of the aryl group of Z ka1 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group of Z ka1 may further include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), a nitro group, a cyano group, the above-mentioned alkyl groups, a methoxy group, Alkoxy groups such as ethoxy group, hydroxyethoxy group, propoxy group, hydroxypropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, t-butoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, benzyl groups, aralkyl groups such as phenethyl groups and cumyl groups, acyl groups such as aralkyloxy groups, formyl groups, acetyl groups, butyryl groups, benzoyl groups, cyanamyl groups, and valeryl groups,
  • X in general formula (KA-1) is a carboxylic acid ester group, and the partial structure represented by general formula (KA-1) is preferably a lactone ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone ring.
  • the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring as a partial structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) has a bicyclo structure and a spiro structure. It is preferable that other ring structures are condensed to form a structure.
  • the surrounding ring structures to which the ring structure represented by general formula (KA-1) may be bonded for example, those in (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) below or to this I can list things that are similar.
  • KA-1 lactone ring structure represented by general formula (KA-1)
  • structures represented by any of the following (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) are more preferable.
  • the lactone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • Preferred structures include (KA-1-1), (KA-1-4), (KA-1-5), (KA-1-6), (KA-1-13), (KA-1- 14), (KA-1-17).
  • the structure containing the above lactone ring structure may or may not have a substituent.
  • Preferred substituents include those similar to the substituents that the ring structure represented by the above general formula (KA-1) may have.
  • any optically active form may be used.
  • one type of optically active substance may be used alone, or a plurality of optically active substances may be used in combination.
  • optical purity ee is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more, and most preferably 98% or more.
  • X in the general formula (KB-1) is a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-).
  • Y 1 and Y 2 in general formula (KB-1) each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula (EW).
  • * in formula (EW) represents a bond directly connected to (KA-1) or a bond directly connected to X in (KB-1).
  • new is the repeating number of the linking group represented by -C(R ew1 )(R ew2 )-, and represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • new represents a single bond and indicates that Y ew1 is directly bonded.
  • Y ew1 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a halo(cyclo)alkyl group represented by -C(R f1 )(R f2 )-R f3 described below, a haloaryl group, an oxy group, a carbonyl group , a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, and a combination thereof, and the electron-withdrawing group may have the following structure, for example.
  • the term "halo(cyclo)alkyl group” refers to an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group in which at least a portion thereof is halogenated.
  • R ew3 and R ew4 each independently represent an arbitrary structure. No matter what structure R ew3 and R ew4 have, the partial structure represented by formula (EW) has electron-withdrawing properties, and is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorinated alkyl group.
  • Y ew1 When Y ew1 is a divalent or higher group, the remaining bond forms a bond with any atom or substituent.
  • Y ew1 is preferably a halogen atom, or a halo(cyclo)alkyl group or haloaryl group represented by -C(R f1 )(R f2 )-R f3 .
  • R ew1 and R ew2 each independently represent an arbitrary substituent, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. At least two of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • R f1 represents a halogen atom, a perhaloalkyl group, a perhalocycloalkyl group, or a perhaloaryl group, more preferably a fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, or a perfluorocycloalkyl group, and even more preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoroaryl group.
  • R f2 and R f3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an organic group, and R f2 and R f3 may be connected to form a ring.
  • Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an alkoxy group, which may be substituted with a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). More preferably, R f2 and R f3 are (halo) It is an alkyl group. It is more preferable that R f2 represents a group similar to R f1 or is linked to R f3 to form a ring. R f1 and R f3 may be connected to form a ring, and examples of the ring formed include a (halo)cycloalkyl ring and a (halo)aryl ring.
  • Examples of the (halo)alkyl group in R f1 to R f3 include the alkyl group in Z ka1 described above and a halogenated structure thereof.
  • the (per)halocycloalkyl group and (per)haloaryl group in R f1 to R f3 or in the ring formed by connecting R f2 and R f3 for example, the cycloalkyl group in Z ka1 described above is a halogen group. structure, more preferably a fluorocycloalkyl group represented by -C (n) F (2n-2) H, and a perfluoroaryl group represented by -C (n) F (n-1). Can be mentioned.
  • the number n of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 13, and more preferably 6.
  • the ring which may be formed by connecting at least two of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group or a heterocyclic group, and the heterocyclic group is preferably a lactone ring group.
  • the lactone ring include structures represented by the above formulas (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17).
  • a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formula (KA-1), a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formula (KB-1), or It may have both a partial structure of general formula (KA-1) and general formula (KB-1).
  • a part or all of the partial structure of general formula (KA-1) may also serve as an electron-withdrawing group as Y 1 or Y 2 in general formula (KB-1).
  • X in general formula (KA-1) is a carboxylic ester group
  • the carboxylic ester group functions as an electron-withdrawing group as Y 1 or Y 2 in general formula (KB-1). It is also possible.
  • Examples of the group containing a polarity converting group include, but are not particularly limited to, organic groups containing a polarity converting group.
  • Examples of organic groups containing polarity converting groups include alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; Examples include groups that are a combination of two or more types and have a polarity converting group.
  • Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 -
  • substituents as R 4 alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
  • Examples of the group containing a polarity converting group include an alkyl group containing a polarity converting group, an aryl group containing a polarity converting group, and the like.
  • Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group containing a polarity converting group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
  • Examples of the aryl group in the aryl group containing a polarity converting group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
  • R 1 , R 3 and R 5 are each preferably a group represented by the following general formula (Ar).
  • R 6 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which . * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
  • R 6 to R 10 are the same as the specific examples of the substituents as R 2 to R 4 described above.
  • At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which .
  • the group containing a polar group is the same as the group containing a polar group as at least one of R 1 to R 5 .
  • the group containing a group that decomposes and increases in polarity due to the action of an acid is the same as the group that includes a group that decomposes and increases in polarity due to the action of an acid as at least one of R 1 to R 5 .
  • a group containing a group that decomposes under the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer is at least one of R 1 to R 5 that decomposes under the action of the alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer. This is similar to groups containing groups that increase solubility in
  • R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 are groups each represented by the following general formula (Ar1).
  • R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the following substituent Y.
  • * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
  • Substituent Y hydroxy group, carboxyl group, group having a carbonyl bond, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, or imido group
  • R 11 to R 15 are the same as the specific examples of the substituents as R 2 to R 4 described above. At least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the above substituent Y.
  • Specific examples of the group having a carbonyl bond as the substituent Y are the same as the specific examples of the group having a carbonyl bond as the group having a polar group described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the acyl group in the acyloxy group as the substituent Y is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyloxy group as the substituent Y is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyloxy group as the substituent Y is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyl group as the substituent Y is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group as the substituent Y is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the imide group as the substituent Y is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from imide.
  • substituent Y a group having a carbonyl bond, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an imide group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents the above-mentioned groups can be mentioned as specific examples of the substituents that R 1 and R 5 described above may further have.
  • n in the anion part of general formula (1) represents the number of anions. n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 4.
  • M n+ in the above general formula (1) represents a cation.
  • n in the cation part of general formula (1) represents the valence of the cation.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 4.
  • n is 1.
  • the cation as M n+ is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent or higher cation, but an onium cation is preferable, and a cation represented by the following general formula (ZIA) or general formula (ZIIA) is preferable.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.
  • Preferred embodiments of the cation as the general formula (ZIA) include the cation (ZI-11) and cation (ZI-12) described below.
  • the divalent or higher cation in the case where n is 2 or more may be a cation having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZIA).
  • Such cations include, for example, at least one of the cations R 201 to R 203 represented by the general formula (ZIA) and at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the other cation represented by the general formula (ZIA).
  • Examples include divalent cations having a structure in which at least one of them is bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
  • the cation (ZI-11) is a cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above general formula (ZIA) is an aryl group, that is, an arylsulfonium cation.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium cation examples include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred are cycloalkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 each independently represent an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3 to 15), an aryl group (for example, carbon number 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (eg, carbon number 1 to 15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a lactone ring group, or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
  • the lactone ring group include groups obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from the structure represented by any of (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) described above.
  • the cation (ZI-12) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZIA) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocyclo An alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, (propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a lactone ring group, and a phenylthio group.
  • the lactone ring group include groups obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from the structure represented by any of (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) described above.
  • M n+ (cation) in general formula (1) Preferred examples of M n+ (cation) in general formula (1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group.
  • the pKa of the acid generated by the above compound (B) is -10 or more and 5 or less.
  • the compound represented by general formula (1) can be synthesized, for example, by a method using a coupling reaction.
  • the coupling reaction for example, Suzuki coupling or the like can be applied.
  • the counter cation can be converted into the desired cation M + by a known anion exchange method or a conversion method using an ion exchange resin, for example, as described in JP-A-6-184170.
  • Examples of the coupling reaction include the following.
  • X represents a halogen atom
  • A represents an alkyl group
  • R represents a substituent
  • Y represents a group that forms compound XY through a coupling reaction.
  • the mass ratio of the repeating unit (a) contained in the above-mentioned resin (A) to the compound represented by the general formula (1) (repeat unit (a)/general formula (1)) (compound represented) is preferably 0.75 or more, more preferably 1 or more, and even more preferably 2 or more.
  • the upper limit of the ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less.
  • Examples of the compound (B) include, in addition to the compound represented by the above general formula (1), a compound represented by "M + X - " (onium salt), which generates an organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • a compound represented by "M + X - " (onium salt) which generates an organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • the organic acids include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkylcarboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide. acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acids.
  • M + represents an organic cation.
  • the organic cation is not particularly limited.
  • the valence of the organic cation may be one or more than two.
  • the organic cation is preferably a cation represented by the general formula (ZIA) or the general formula (ZIIA).
  • X - represents an organic anion.
  • the organic anion is not particularly limited, and includes mono- or divalent or higher-valent organic anions.
  • an anion having a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction is preferable, and a non-nucleophilic anion is more preferable.
  • non-nucleophilic anions examples include those described in paragraphs [0284] to [0289] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
  • compound (B) in addition to the compound represented by the above general formula (1), other photoacid generators described in paragraphs [0290] to [0291] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 can be used. can be mentioned.
  • the content of the photoacid generator (B) is not particularly limited, but it should be 0.5% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, since the cross-sectional shape of the formed pattern becomes more rectangular. is preferable, and 1.0% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the content is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the photoacid generator (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may also include an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the acid diffusion control agent traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator and the like during exposure, and acts as a quencher to suppress the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to the excess generated acid.
  • the type of acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, and examples include a basic compound (CA), a low molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and actinic rays or radiation. Examples include compounds (CC) whose acid diffusion control ability decreases or disappears when irradiated with.
  • Compounds (CC) include onium salt compounds (CD) that are relatively weak acids with respect to photoacid generators, and basic compounds (CE) whose basicity decreases or disappears when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Can be mentioned.
  • Specific examples of the basic compound (CA) include those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824;
  • Specific examples of basic compounds (CE) that disappear include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, and those described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824.
  • CB low-molecular compounds having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid
  • CB low-molecular compounds
  • CD onium salt compounds
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent (if there are multiple types, the total amount) is 0.1 with respect to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably from 15.0% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 15.0% by weight. In the composition of the present invention, one type of acid diffusion control agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as "hydrophobic resin (D)") different from resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. It may not contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
  • the effects of adding the hydrophobic resin (D) include controlling the static and dynamic contact angle of the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with respect to water, and suppressing outgassing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably has at least one of a fluorine atom, a silicon atom, and a CH3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin, from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the membrane surface layer. , it is more preferable to have two or more types.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chains. Examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) is 0.01 to 20.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • 0.1 to 15.0% by mass is more preferable.
  • the composition of the invention may also contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
  • One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.0005 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 1.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • the solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable that at least one selected from the group is included. Note that the above solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
  • the above-mentioned solvent and the above-mentioned resin are combined from the viewpoint of improving the coating properties of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the above-mentioned solvent has a good balance between the solubility, boiling point and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, it is possible to suppress uneven film thickness of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films and the occurrence of precipitates during spin coating. can. Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the applicability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.
  • the solid content refers to all components other than the solvent, and as described above, refers to components that form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition of the present invention.
  • Total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the entire composition of the composition of the present invention.
  • the “solid content” refers to components excluding the solvent, and may be solid or liquid at 25° C., for example.
  • the composition of the present invention includes a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or It may further contain an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
  • a dissolution inhibiting compound for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or It may further contain an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
  • dissolution-inhibiting compound is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less that decomposes under the action of an acid and reduces its solubility in an organic developer.
  • the composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EB or EUV exposure.
  • EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF (wavelength 193 nm) light, etc., so the number of incident photons when exposed with the same sensitivity is smaller. Therefore, the influence of "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons varies stochastically is significant, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridging defects.
  • One way to reduce photon shot noise is to increase the number of incident photons by increasing the exposure amount, but this comes at a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
  • the invention also relates to actinic- or radiation-sensitive films formed with the compositions of the invention.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
  • the pattern obtained using the composition of the present invention may be positive or negative, but is preferably positive.
  • the procedure of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it is preferable to include the following steps.
  • Step 1 Step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention
  • Step 2 Step of exposing the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film
  • Step 3 Step of exposing the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film to light Step of developing an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer
  • Step 1 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formation step
  • Step 1 is a step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
  • Examples of the method for forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of coating the composition of the present invention on a substrate.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • compositions of the present invention can be applied by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater, onto substrates (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
  • the substrate may be dried to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • various base films inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film
  • drying method examples include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a top coat composition. It is preferable that the top coat composition is not mixed with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed. For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the composition of the present invention.
  • the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • active light or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and 1 to 200 nm.
  • Deep ultraviolet light of wavelengths specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may also be carried out using a hot plate or the like. This step is also called post-exposure bake.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
  • the developer is preferably an alkaline developer.
  • Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and left to stand for a certain period of time (paddle method). method), a method in which the developer is sprayed onto the surface of the substrate (spray method), and a method in which the developer is continuously discharged while scanning a developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). ). Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • alkaline developer it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali.
  • the type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, but examples include quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions containing.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable that there be.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the pattern forming method includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
  • Examples of the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing using an alkaline developer include pure water. Note that an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added to the pure water. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse liquid.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used.
  • the rinsing liquid should contain at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
  • the method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method) and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed.
  • a method of forming a pattern is preferred.
  • the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • the composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method do not contain impurities such as metals. It is preferable not to include it.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, still more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, and particularly 10 mass ppt or less. Preferably, 1 mass ppt or less is most preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
  • examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, Examples include W and Zn.
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
  • Methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, methods of selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and methods of filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 parts per trillion or less, more preferably 10 parts per trillion or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
  • Organic processing liquids such as rinsing liquids contain conductive compounds to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. may be added.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned.
  • the amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
  • Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used.
  • SUS stainless steel
  • polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • fluororesin polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.
  • filter and O-ring antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
  • the present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • Preferred embodiments of the electronic device of this specification include embodiments in which it is installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • Resin (A) was synthesized according to the synthesis method for resin A-1 (Synthesis Example 1) described below.
  • Table 1 shows the composition ratio (mol% ratio; corresponding sequentially from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit shown below.
  • each repeating unit a-1 to a-27, b-1 to b-12, c-1 to c-11, and d-1 to d-5, d-7 to d-15 shown in Table 1 is shown below.
  • a-1 to a-27 the structures of the corresponding monomers are shown.
  • the following resins (AX-1) to (AX-6) were used in comparative examples.
  • the number at the bottom right of each repeating unit represents the content ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit.
  • Photoacid generator (B) As the photoacid generator (B), among the compounds (B-1) to (B-80) shown in Table 2 below, compounds (B-2) to (B-6), (B-8), ( B-10), (B-17), (B-18), (B-23), (B-24), (B-29), (B-33), (B-38), (B- 39), (B-46), (B-48), (B-51) to (B-53), (B-56), (B-57), (B-62), (B-68) , (B-70), (B-77), (B-78), and (B-80) were used.
  • Compounds (B-1) to (B-80) are formed by combining the cations listed in Table 2 and the anions listed in Table 2.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Bu represents an n-butyl group
  • Acid diffusion control agent As acid diffusion control agents, the following C-1 to C-14 were used.
  • W-1 Megafac R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Co., Ltd.; fluorine and silicone-based)
  • W-2 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; silicone-based)
  • W-3 Troysol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.; fluorine-based)
  • W-4 PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA; fluorine-based)
  • ⁇ Preparation of resist composition> The components shown in Table 3 were dissolved in the solvent shown in the same table to prepare a solution at the solid content concentration shown in the same table, and this was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 ⁇ m to prepare a resist composition R. -1 to R-44 and RX-1 to RX-6 were obtained. Note that the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
  • the obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • ⁇ Coating of resist composition The prepared resist composition was applied onto a 6-inch Si (silicon) wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark 8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 130° C. for 300 seconds. As a result, a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm was obtained. Here, 1 inch is 0.0254 m. Note that similar results can be obtained even if the Si wafer is replaced with a chromium substrate.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (1) EB exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
  • the wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam drawing device (manufactured by Advantest Corporation; F7000S, acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so that a 1:1 line and space was formed.
  • electron beam drawing it was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. . Thereafter, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • ⁇ Pattern shape> The cross-sectional shape of a 1:1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 50 nm at the irradiation dose exhibiting the above sensitivity was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.).
  • the ratio expressed by [line width at the top part (surface part) of the line pattern/line width at the middle part of the line pattern (at a height position half the height of the line pattern)] is 1. 1 or more is considered a "reverse taper", a ratio of 1.03 or more but less than 1.1 is considered a "slightly reverse taper", and a ratio of less than 1.03 is considered a "rectangle".
  • Ta the ratio expressed by [line width at the top part (surface part) of the line pattern/line width at the middle part of the line pattern (at a height position half the height of the line pattern)] is 1. 1 or more is considered a "reverse taper", a ratio of 1.03 or more but less than 1.1 is considered a “s
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (2) EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
  • the wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was exposed using an EUV exposure device (Exitech Micro Exposure Tool, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36).
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Table 5 below shows the resist compositions used and the results.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions can be provided. Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: an active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising (A) a resin which contains a repeating unit (a) represented by a specific general formula (a) and having a group capable of being decomposed and capable of being changed with respect to the polarity thereof by the action of an acid and (B) a compound which is capable of generating an acid by the irradiation with an active ray or a radioactive ray; and an active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufacturing method, in each of which the active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。より詳細には、本発明は、超LSI(Large Scale Integration)及び高容量マイクロチップの製造プロセス、ナノインプリント用モールド作成プロセス並びに高密度情報記録媒体の製造プロセス等に適用可能な超マイクロリソグラフィプロセス、並びにその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an ultra-microlithography process applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the manufacturing process of nanoimprint molds, the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, etc. The present invention relates to actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films, pattern forming methods, and electronic device manufacturing methods that can be suitably used in other photofabrication processes.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit)、LSI(Large Scale Integration)などの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域又はクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にKrFエキシマレーザー光に、というように短波長化の傾向が見られ、現在では193nm波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、更に解像力を高める技術として、従来から投影レンズと試料の間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たす、所謂、液浸法の開発が進んでいる。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC (Integrated Circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integration), microfabrication is performed by lithography using a resist composition. In recent years, as integrated circuits have become more highly integrated, there has been a demand for ultra-fine pattern formation in the submicron region or quarter micron region. Along with this, there has been a trend towards shorter exposure wavelengths, from g-line to i-line and then to KrF excimer laser light, and now exposure machines that use ArF excimer laser light with a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source have been developed. ing. Furthermore, as a technique to further improve resolution, the so-called immersion method, in which a liquid with a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as "immersion liquid") is filled between the projection lens and the sample, has been developed.
 また、現在では、エキシマレーザー光以外にも、電子線(EB)、X線及び極紫外線(EUV)等を用いたリソグラフィーも開発が進んでいる。これに伴い、各種の活性光線又は放射線に有効に感応するレジスト組成物が開発されている。 Currently, in addition to excimer laser light, lithography using electron beams (EB), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), etc. is also being developed. Along with this, resist compositions that are effectively sensitive to various types of actinic rays or radiation have been developed.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂として様々な樹脂が知られている。例えば、特許文献1には、安息香酸のカルボキシル基がアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を含む基で保護された特定の構造を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が具体的に記載されている。 Various resins are known as resins used in actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions. For example, Patent Document 1 describes an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a repeating unit having a specific structure in which the carboxyl group of benzoic acid is protected with an alkyl group or a group containing a cycloalkyl group. Things are specifically described.
国際公開第2017/138267号International Publication No. 2017/138267
 近年、パターンの微細化が進められており、このようなパターンを形成するための感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の諸性能について、更なる向上が求められている。
 しかしながら、特許文献1及び2に記載された感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、解像性、ラインウィズスラフネス(Line Width Roughness:LWR)性能、及び得られるパターンのパターン形状において、さらなる改良の余地が残されていた。LWR性能とはパターンのLWRを小さくできる性能のことを指す。
In recent years, miniaturization of patterns has been progressing, and there is a demand for further improvements in various performances of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions for forming such patterns.
However, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 have poor resolution, line width roughness (LWR) performance, and pattern shape of the resulting pattern. There remained room for further improvement. LWR performance refers to the ability to reduce the LWR of a pattern.
 本発明は、極微細(例えば、線幅50nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径50nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、解像性及びLWR性能に優れ、良好なパターン形状を得ることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention has excellent resolution and LWR performance in forming extremely fine patterns (for example, line-and-space patterns with a line width of 50 nm or less, hole patterns with a hole diameter of 50 nm or less, etc.), and can obtain a good pattern shape. An object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventors have discovered that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
 下記(A)及び(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 (A)酸の作用により分解し、極性が変化する基を有する、下記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位(a)を含有する樹脂
 (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
[1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B).
(A) A resin containing a repeating unit (a) represented by the following general formula (a) that decomposes under the action of an acid and has a group whose polarity changes. (B) Generates an acid when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(a)中、R101~R103は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R102はL101と結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合、アルキレン基、又はアルケニレン基を表す。
 L101は2価の芳香環基を表す。R102と結合して環を形成する場合には、3価の芳香環基を表す。
 R104及びR105は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
 R106はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。R104~R106は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (a), R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system. R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
[2]
 上記一般式(a)中、R106がS、O、N、Se、又はTeを含む5員環骨格を有する単環又は多環の芳香族ヘテロ環基である[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The activity sensitivity according to [1], wherein in the general formula (a), R 106 is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group having a 5-membered ring skeleton containing S, O, N, Se, or Te. Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
[3]
 上記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(a-2)~(a-7)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位である[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
The polymer according to [1] or [2], wherein the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (a) is a repeating unit represented by any of the following general formulas (a-2) to (a-7). Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、R111~R113は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 L111は2価の芳香環基を表す。
 R114及びR115は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
 R114及びR115は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
 R117~R121は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。R117~R121は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
 AはS、O、N(R)、Se、又はTeを表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
L 111 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 117 to R 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
[4]
 上記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位が、上記一般式(a-2)又は一般式(a-3)で表される繰り返し単位である[3]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
 上記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位が、上記一般式(a-2)で表される繰り返し単位である[3]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive material according to [3], wherein the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (a) is a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (a-2) or general formula (a-3). Radioactive resin composition.
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [3], wherein the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (a) is a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (a-2).
[6]
 上記一般式(a)中のL101がフェニレン基である[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
 上記一般式(a)中のR104及びR105に含まれる炭素原子数の総数が1以上である[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein L 101 in the general formula (a) is a phenylene group.
[7]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 104 and R 105 in the general formula (a) is 1 or more. Composition.
[8]
 上記樹脂(A)が、下記一般式(c)で表される繰り返し単位(c)をさらに含む[1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[8]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the resin (A) further contains a repeating unit (c) represented by the following general formula (c). thing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(c)中、R61~R63は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R62はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR62は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは(k+1)価の芳香環を表し、R62と結合して環を形成する場合には(k+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
 kは、1~5の整数を表す。
In general formula (c), R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 62 may combine with Ar to form a ring, and in that case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring, and when bonded with R 62 to form a ring, represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
[9]
 上記繰り返し単位(a)の含有量が上記樹脂(A)の全質量に対して10質量%以上である[1]~[8]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[9]
Actinic ray sensitivity or radiation sensitivity according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the content of the repeating unit (a) is 10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the resin (A). Resin composition.
[10]
 上記化合物(B)が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物である[1]~[9]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[10]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the compound (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R~Rは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Mn+はカチオンを表す。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (1), R 1 and R 5 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
R 2 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
M n+ represents a cation.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
[11]
 上記一般式(1)中、Rがアリール基を表す[10]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[12]
 上記一般式(1)中、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基である[10]又は[11]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[11]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [10], in which R 3 represents an aryl group in the general formula (1).
[12]
In the above general formula (1), at least one of R 1 to R 5 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer. , the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [10] or [11], which is a group containing a group that increases solubility in an alkaline developer.
[13]
 上記一般式(1)中、R、R、及びRが、それぞれ下記一般式(Ar)で表される基である[10]~[12]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[13]
The activator according to any one of [10] to [12], wherein R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 in the general formula (1) are each a group represented by the following general formula (Ar). Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(Ar)中、R~R10は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。R~R10のうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基である。*は、一般式(1)におけるベンゼン環への結合手を表す。 In the general formula (Ar), R 6 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which . * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
[14]
 上記一般式(1)中、R、R、及びRが、それぞれ下記一般式(Ar1)で表される基である[10]~[13]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[14]
The activator according to any one of [10] to [13], wherein R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 in the general formula (1) are each a group represented by the following general formula (Ar1). Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(Ar1)中、R11~R15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R15のうち少なくとも一つは、下記置換基Yを表す。*は、一般式(1)におけるベンゼン環への結合手を表す。
置換基Y:ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、カルボニル結合を有する基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、又はイミド基
In the general formula (Ar1), R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the following substituent Y. * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
Substituent Y: hydroxy group, carboxyl group, group having a carbonyl bond, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, or imido group
[15]
 [1]~[14]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
[15]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14].
[16]
 [1]~[14]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜形成工程と、
上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する露光工程と、
露光された上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する現像工程とを含む、パターン形成方法。
[17]
 [16]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。
[16]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14]. sexual film formation step;
an exposure step of exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film;
A pattern forming method comprising a developing step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
[17]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [16].
 本発明により、極微細(例えば、線幅50nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径50nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、解像性及びLWR性能に優れ、良好なパターン形状を得ることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to obtain a good pattern shape with excellent resolution and LWR performance in the formation of extremely fine patterns (for example, line and space patterns with a line width of 50 nm or less, hole patterns with a hole diameter of 50 nm or less, etc.). Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
The present invention will be explained in detail below.
Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
 本明細書において、「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、軟X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。
 本明細書において、「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書において、「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
In this specification, "active rays" or "radiation" include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron It means a line (EB: Electron Beam) or the like.
As used herein, "light" means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, "exposure" refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV, but also to electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. It also includes drawing using particle beams such as beams.
In the present specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも1種を表す。また(メタ)アクリル酸はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種を表す。 In this specification, (meth)acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate. Moreover, (meth)acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー株式会社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶剤:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー株式会社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are determined using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). -8120GPC) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh Corporation TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: It is defined as a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を含む基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基としては、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択できる。
Regarding the notation of a group (atomic group) in this specification, unless it goes against the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group containing a substituent as well as a group having no substituent. do. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Furthermore, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
As the substituent, unless otherwise specified, monovalent substituents are preferred. Examples of the substituent include monovalent nonmetallic atomic groups excluding hydrogen atoms, and can be selected from the following substituents T, for example.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;シクロアルキルオキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基及びブトキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基;フェノキシカルボニル基等のアリールオキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;スルファニル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;芳香族複素環式基;ヒドロキシ基;カルボキシル基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;カルバモイル基;等が挙げられる。また、これらの置換基が更に1個以上の置換基を有することができる場合は、その更なる置換基として上記した置換基から選択した置換基を1個以上有する基(例えば、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、トリフルオロメチル基など)も置換基Tの例に含まれる。
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy and tert-butoxy; cycloalkyloxy; phenoxy and p-tolyloxy groups; Aryloxy groups; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl groups; cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl groups; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy, propionyloxy and benzoyloxy groups; acetyl Acyl groups such as benzoyl, isobutyryl, acryloyl, methacryloyl and methoxalyl groups; sulfanyl groups; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl and tert-butylsulfanyl groups; phenylsulfanyl groups and p-tolylsulfanyl groups; Arylsulfanyl group; alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; aromatic heterocyclic group; hydroxy group; carboxyl group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfone Examples include amide group; silyl group; amino group; carbamoyl group; and the like. In addition, when these substituents can further have one or more substituents, the further substituent is a group having one or more substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituents (for example, a monoalkylamino group). , dialkylamino group, arylamino group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.) are also included as examples of the substituent T.
 本明細書において、表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく、「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。 In this specification, the direction of bonding of the divalent groups described is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too. The above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。
In this specification, acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, it is a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using the following software package 1. is the value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 また、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 Furthermore, pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method. A specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. . Note that there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT, and one example is Gaussian 16.
 本明細書において、pKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 本明細書において、pKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
In this specification, pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1, as described above. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used.
In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above, but if pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is adopted. shall be.
 本明細書において、「固形分」とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分を意味し、溶剤は含まれない。また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, "solid content" means a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, it is considered to be a solid content even if the component is liquid.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、下記(A)及び(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
 (A)酸の作用により分解し、極性が変化する基を有する、下記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位(a)を含有する樹脂
 (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
[Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "composition of the present invention") is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B). It is.
(A) A resin containing a repeating unit (a) represented by the following general formula (a) that decomposes under the action of an acid and has a group whose polarity changes. (B) Generates an acid when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(a)中、R101~R103は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R102はL101と結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合、アルキレン基、又はアルケニレン基を表す。
 L101は2価の芳香環基を表す。R102と結合して環を形成する場合には、3価の芳香環基を表す。
 R104及びR105は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
 R106はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。R104~R106は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (a), R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system. R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 本発明の組成物が、極微細のパターン形成において、解像性及びLWR性能に優れ、良好なパターン形状を得ることができる理由は必ずしも明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推定している。
 本発明の組成物が含有する樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により分解し極性が変化する基を有する繰り返し単位(a)を含有する。繰り返し単位(a)は、芳香環基に結合したカルボキシル基が、ヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を含む保護基で保護された構造を有する。
 繰り返し単位(a)は、芳香環基に結合したカルボキシル基が保護された酸分解性構造を有しており、保護基脱離後のカルボキシル基は、芳香環により共役安定化されるため、脱保護反応性が高くなる。さらに、繰り返し単位(a)中の上記保護基は、非共有電子対が共役系を構成していることにより電子リッチとなるため、化合物(B)が発生する酸の作用により脱離する脱離基が安定化しやすくなり、脱保護反応性がより向上する。その結果、解像性が向上し、LWR性能、パターン形状についても良化するものと推定している。
 また、繰り返し単位(a)は、脱離基に芳香族ヘテロ環基を含むため、脱保護による親疎水性の差が大きく、溶解コントラストの差が大きくなることも、解像性向上に寄与していると考えられる。
Although it is not necessarily clear why the composition of the present invention has excellent resolution and LWR performance and is able to obtain a good pattern shape in ultrafine pattern formation, the present inventors speculate as follows. are doing.
The resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention contains a repeating unit (a) having a group that decomposes and changes polarity under the action of an acid. The repeating unit (a) has a structure in which a carboxyl group bonded to an aromatic ring group is protected with a protecting group containing an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
The repeating unit (a) has an acid-decomposable structure in which the carboxyl group bonded to the aromatic ring group is protected, and the carboxyl group after removal of the protecting group is conjugated and stabilized by the aromatic ring, so it cannot be removed. Protective reactivity increases. Furthermore, since the above-mentioned protecting group in the repeating unit (a) becomes electron-rich due to the unshared electron pair forming a conjugated system, compound (B) is eliminated by the action of the acid generated. The group is more easily stabilized, and the deprotection reactivity is further improved. As a result, it is estimated that resolution will improve, and LWR performance and pattern shape will also improve.
In addition, since repeating unit (a) contains an aromatic heterocyclic group as a leaving group, there is a large difference in hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity due to deprotection, and a large difference in solubility contrast also contributes to improved resolution. It is thought that there are.
 本発明の組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。なかでも、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であり、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物は、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であっても、非化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であり、化学増幅ポジ型レジスト組成物であることがより好ましい。
 本発明の組成物を用いて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成することができる。本発明の組成物を用いて形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、典型的にはレジスト膜である。
 以下において、まず、本発明の組成物の各種成分について詳述する。
The composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. The composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkaline development or an organic solvent development resist composition. Among these, a positive resist composition and a resist composition for alkaline development are preferred.
The composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition, and more preferably a chemically amplified positive resist composition.
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films can be formed using the composition of the present invention. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
In the following, first, various components of the composition of the present invention will be explained in detail.
<樹脂(A)>
 (A)酸の作用により分解し、極性が変化する基を有する、一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位(a)を有する樹脂(「樹脂(A)」ともいう)について説明する。
 樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により分解して、極性が増大する基(以下、「酸分解性基」とも言う)を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましく、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」ともいう)であることが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)が含む繰り返し単位(a)は、酸の作用により分解し、極性が変化する基を有する一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位であり、より具体的には、酸の作用により分解してカルボン酸を生成し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位である。すなわち、樹脂(A)は、酸分解性樹脂である。
<Resin (A)>
(A) A resin (also referred to as "resin (A)") having a repeating unit (a) represented by general formula (a), which has a group whose polarity changes when decomposed by the action of an acid, will be described.
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group"). (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable resin") is preferable.
The repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (a) that has a group that decomposes and changes polarity by the action of an acid. It is a repeating unit that has a group that decomposes to produce carboxylic acid and increases polarity. That is, resin (A) is an acid-decomposable resin.
 樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により現像液に対する溶解性が変化する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により現像液に対する溶解性が変化する樹脂は、酸の作用により現像液に対する溶解性が増大する樹脂でも良いし、酸の作用により現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂でも良い。
It is preferable that the resin (A) is a resin whose solubility in a developer changes under the action of an acid.
The resin whose solubility in the developer changes due to the action of an acid may be a resin whose solubility in the developer increases due to the action of the acid, or a resin whose solubility in the developer decreases due to the action of the acid.
 樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により分解してカルボン酸を生成する基を有しているため、本発明のパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。 Since the resin (A) has a group that can be decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a carboxylic acid, typically in the pattern forming method of the present invention, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, In this case, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
(繰り返し単位(a))
 繰り返し単位(a)は、酸の作用により分解し、極性が変化する基を有する、下記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位である。
 繰り返し単位(a)を、「酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位」ともいう。
(Repeat unit (a))
The repeating unit (a) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (a), which has a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and whose polarity changes.
The repeating unit (a) is also referred to as "a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group."
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(a)中、R101~R103は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R102はL101と結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合、アルキレン基、又はアルケニレン基を表す。
 L101は2価の芳香環基を表す。R102と結合して環を形成する場合には、3価の芳香環基を表す。
 R104及びR105は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
 R106はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。R104~R106は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
In general formula (a), R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system. R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(a)中、R101~R103は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。 In general formula (a), R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
 R101~R103が表す有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はシクロアルキル基、芳香環基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 アルケニル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルケニル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~10が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環型であってもよく、多環型であってもよい。このシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは3~8である。
Examples of the organic group represented by R 101 to R 103 include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aromatic ring group.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3.
The alkenyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 3.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in this cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 8.
 芳香環基は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 アリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~15個のアリール基を挙げることができ、具体的には、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数2~15個のヘテロアリール基を挙げることができ、5員環~10員環のものを挙げることができ、具体的には、フリル基、チエニル基、チアゾリル基、ピロリル基、オキサゾリル基、ピリジル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、キノリニル基、カルバゾリル基を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group.
Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, and the like.
Examples of the heteroaryl group include heteroaryl groups having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, including those having a 5- to 10-membered ring, and specifically, a furyl group, a thienyl group, Preferred examples include a thiazolyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an oxazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzothienyl group, a quinolinyl group, and a carbazolyl group.
 R101~R103が表すハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 101 to R 103 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 R102はL101と結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合、アルキレン基、又はアルケニレン基を表す。
 アルキレン基としては、R101~R103が表すアルキル基中の任意の水素原子を1つ除いた基が挙げられる。
 アルケニレン基としては、R101~R103が表すアルケニル基中の任意の水素原子を1つ除いた基が挙げられる。
R 102 may combine with L 101 to form a ring, in which case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
Examples of the alkylene group include groups obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the alkyl groups represented by R 101 to R 103 .
Examples of the alkenylene group include groups obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the alkenyl group represented by R 101 to R 103 .
 一般式(a)中、R101~R103は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましく、R101及びR102が水素原子であり、R103が水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、R101~R103が水素原子であることがさらに好ましい。 In general formula (a), R 101 to R 103 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 101 and R 102 are a hydrogen atom, and R 103 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. More preferably, R 101 to R 103 are hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(a)中、L101は2価の芳香環基を表す。
 L101が表す2価の芳香環基としては、アリーレン基又はヘテロアリーレン基が挙げられる。
In general formula (a), L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
The divalent aromatic ring group represented by L 101 includes an arylene group or a heteroarylene group.
 L101としてのアリーレン基としては、例えば、炭素数6~15個のアリーレン基を挙げることができ、具体的には、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、アントリレン基等を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 L101としてのヘテロアリーレン基としては、例えば、炭素数2~15個のヘテロアリーレン基を挙げることができ、5員環~10員環のものを挙げることができ、具体的には、フリル基、チエニル基、チアゾリル基、ピロリル基、オキサゾリル基、ピリジル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、キノリニル基、カルバゾリル基等から任意の水素原子を1つ除いた基が挙げられる。
Examples of the arylene group as L 101 include arylene groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specifically, preferred examples include phenylene group, naphthylene group, and anthrylene group.
Examples of the heteroarylene group as L 101 include heteroarylene groups having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, including 5- to 10-membered rings, and specifically, furyl groups. , thienyl group, thiazolyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, quinolinyl group, carbazolyl group, etc., with one arbitrary hydrogen atom removed.
 L101が表す2価の芳香環基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよく、例えばハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。 The divalent aromatic ring group represented by L 101 may further have a substituent, such as a halogen atom.
 L101はR102と結合して環を形成してもよく、この場合、L101は3価の芳香環基を表す。
 3価の芳香環基としては、上述の2価の芳香環基から任意の水素原子を1つ除いた基が挙げられる。
L 101 may be combined with R 102 to form a ring, and in this case, L 101 represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
Examples of the trivalent aromatic ring group include a group obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the above-mentioned divalent aromatic ring group.
 L101は、アリーレン基であることが好ましく、フェニレン基であることがより好ましい。 L 101 is preferably an arylene group, more preferably a phenylene group.
 一般式(a)中、R104及びR105は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。 In general formula (a), R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
 R104及びR105が表すアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, etc. Preferred are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
 R104及びR105が表すシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~10の単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数4~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、シクロペンチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基が好ましい。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 includes a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 4 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group, Or a cyclohexyl group is preferred.
 R104及びR105が表すアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基等の炭素数6~15個のアリール基が挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by R 104 and R 105 includes aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms such as phenyl group and naphthyl group.
 R104及びR105が表すヘテロアリール基としては、フリル基、チエニル基、チアゾリル基、ピロリル基、オキサゾリル基、ピリジル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、キノリニル基、カルバゾリル基等の炭素数2~15個のヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。 The heteroaryl group represented by R 104 and R 105 has 2 to 15 carbon atoms, such as furyl group, thienyl group, thiazolyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, quinolinyl group, carbazolyl group, etc. heteroaryl groups.
 R104及びR105が表すアルケニル基としては、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基が挙げられ、ビニル基、1-メチルビニル基、1-プロぺニル基、アリル基、2-メチル-1-プロぺニル基等の炭素数2~4のアルケニル基が好ましい。 Examples of the alkenyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 include alkenyl groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, including vinyl group, 1-methylvinyl group, 1-propenyl group, allyl group, and 2-methyl-1-propenyl group. Alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms such as penyl group are preferred.
 R104及びR105が表すアルキニル基としては、炭素数2~6のアルキニル基が挙げられる。 The alkynyl group represented by R 104 and R 105 includes an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 R104~R106は互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、R104及びR105が互いに結合して環を形成することが好ましい。
 R104及びR105が互いに結合して環を形成する場合、シクロアルキル基、又はシクロアルケニル基を形成することが好ましい。
R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R 104 and R 105 are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
When R 104 and R 105 combine with each other to form a ring, it is preferable that they form a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkenyl group.
 R104及びR105が結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~10の単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基や、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group formed by combining R 104 and R 105 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups. Examples include alkyl groups and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl groups, tetracyclodecanyl groups, tetracyclododecanyl groups, and adamantyl groups. Among these, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred.
 R104及びR105が結合して形成されるシクロアルケニル基としては、炭素数3~10の単環又は多環のシクロアルケニル基が挙げられ、中でも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルケニル基が好ましい。 Examples of the cycloalkenyl group formed by combining R 104 and R 105 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and among them, monocyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Groups are preferred.
 R104及びR105が表す置換基はさらに有機基で置換されても良い。上記有機基に含まれるヘテロ原子は0~1個であることが好ましい。
 R104及びR105が表す上記置換基の各基が有機基で置換されている場合の有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)等が挙げられる。R104及びR105が表す上記置換基中のメチレン基の1つがカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
The substituents represented by R 104 and R 105 may be further substituted with an organic group. It is preferable that the organic group contains 0 to 1 heteroatom.
When each of the above substituents represented by R 104 and R 105 is substituted with an organic group, examples of the organic group include an alkyl group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), etc. can be mentioned. One of the methylene groups in the above substituents represented by R 104 and R 105 may be replaced with a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
 R104及びR105が結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基、シクロアルケニル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子、硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。 In the cycloalkyl group and cycloalkenyl group formed by combining R 104 and R 105 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring is a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be substituted with a group having an atom.
 R104及びR105中に含まれるヘテロ原子の総数が0~1個であることがより好ましい。 More preferably, the total number of heteroatoms contained in R 104 and R 105 is 0 to 1.
 R104及びR105の各基に含まれる炭素原子数は1~7であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms contained in each group of R 104 and R 105 is preferably 1 to 7.
 また、R104及びR105に含まれる炭素原子の総数は、特に限定されないが、1以上であることが好ましい。炭素原子の総数を1以上とすることによって、保護基の脱保護反応性を高める事が出来るため好ましい。また、炭素原子の総数は、9以下であることが好ましく、7以下がより好ましい。炭素原子の総数を9以下とすることにより、後述の化合物(B)が発生する酸によって樹脂(A)から脱離した脱離物が感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜中に残存しにくく、より解像力が向上する。
 R104及びR105に含まれる炭素原子の総数は、5~9であることが好ましく、5~7であることがより好ましい。
Further, the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 104 and R 105 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more. It is preferable to set the total number of carbon atoms to 1 or more because the deprotection reactivity of the protecting group can be increased. Further, the total number of carbon atoms is preferably 9 or less, more preferably 7 or less. By setting the total number of carbon atoms to 9 or less, the desorbed product released from the resin (A) by the acid generated by the compound (B) described below is unlikely to remain in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Resolution is further improved.
The total number of carbon atoms contained in R 104 and R 105 is preferably 5 to 9, more preferably 5 to 7.
 R104及びR105は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表すことが好ましい。R104及びR105は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
 R104及びR105は、R104が水素原子であり、R105がアルキル基であることが好ましく、R104が水素原子であり、R105がメチル基であることがより好ましい。
 別の好ましい態様としては、R104及びR105が結合してシクロペンチル基又はシクロヘキシル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
It is preferable that R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R 104 and R 105 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
In R 104 and R 105 , R 104 is preferably a hydrogen atom, R 105 is preferably an alkyl group, and more preferably R 104 is a hydrogen atom, and R 105 is a methyl group.
Another preferred embodiment is one in which R 104 and R 105 combine to form a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
 一般式(a)中、R106はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
 R106が表す芳香族ヘテロ環基が有する、非共有電子対が共役系を構成しているヘテロ原子としては、S、O、N、Se、又はTeが挙げられ、S、O、又はNが好ましく、S又はOがより好ましい。
In the general formula (a), R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
Examples of the heteroatom in which the lone pair of electrons constitutes a conjugated system in the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R106 include S, O, N, Se, or Te; Preferably, S or O is more preferable.
 R106が表すヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。中でも、S、O、N、Se、又はTeを含む5員環骨格を有する単環又は多環の芳香族ヘテロ環基が好ましく、S、O、N、Se、又はTeを含む5員環の芳香族ヘテロ環基がより好ましい。 The aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 106 in which the lone pair of electrons of the heteroatom constitutes a conjugated system may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among these, monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups having a 5-membered ring skeleton containing S, O, N, Se, or Te are preferred; More preferred is an aromatic heterocyclic group.
 R106が表す芳香族ヘテロ環基における芳香族ヘテロ環の具体例としては、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、チアゾール環、オキサゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チオフェン環のSをSe又はTeに替えた環等の単環芳香族ヘテロ環基や、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環のSをSe又はTeに替えた環、ジベンゾチオフェン環のSをSe又はTeに替えた環等の、上述の単環として挙げたヘテロ環骨格を含む多環の芳香族ヘテロ環基が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 106 include S of a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiophene ring. A monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group such as a ring in which Se or Te is substituted for S in a benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, benzimidazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, or benzothiophene ring Examples include, but are not limited to, polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups containing the heterocyclic skeleton listed above as the monocyclic ring, such as a ring in which S is replaced with Se or Te in the dibenzothiophene ring, and a ring in which S in the dibenzothiophene ring is replaced with Se or Te. It's not something you can do.
 R106が表す芳香族ヘテロ環基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニル基、チオール基等が挙げられる。さらなる置換基は1つであってもよく、2つ以上であってもよい。2つ以上の置換基を有する場合は、それらが互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。
 R106はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成していない芳香族ヘテロ環基(例えばピリジン、キノリン、イソキノリン、ピラジン、ピリミジン、キナゾリン、アクリジン等)を包含しない。
The aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 106 may further have a substituent, such as a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, a thiol group, and the like. The number of further substituents may be one, or two or more. When it has two or more substituents, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 106 does not include aromatic heterocyclic groups in which the lone pair of heteroatoms does not constitute a conjugated system (eg, pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyrazine, pyrimidine, quinazoline, acridine, etc.).
 一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(a-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by general formula (a) is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (a-1) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(a-1)中、R111~R113は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 R114及びR115は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。R114及びR115は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
 R116はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
In general formula (a-1), R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 116 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system.
 一般式(a-1)中のR111~R113は、上記一般式(a)中のR101~R103と同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。ただし、一般式(a)中のR102がL101と結合して環を形成する態様を除く。
 一般式(a-1)中のR114~R116は、上記一般式(a)中のR104~R106と同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。ただし、一般式(a)中のR106がR104、及びR105の少なくともいずれか1つと結合して環を形成する態様を除く。
R 111 to R 113 in general formula (a-1) have the same meanings as R 101 to R 103 in general formula (a) above, and preferred examples are also the same. However, an embodiment in which R 102 in general formula (a) is combined with L 101 to form a ring is excluded.
R 114 to R 116 in general formula (a-1) have the same meanings as R 104 to R 106 in general formula (a) above, and preferred examples are also the same. However, an embodiment in which R 106 in general formula (a) is combined with at least one of R 104 and R 105 to form a ring is excluded.
 一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(a-2)~(a-7)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by general formula (a) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following general formulas (a-2) to (a-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、R111~R113は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 L111は2価の芳香環基を表す。
 R114及びR115は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
 R114及びR115は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
 R117~R121は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。R117~R121は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
 AはS、O、N(R)、Se、又はTeを表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
L 111 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 117 to R 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、R111~R113、及びL111は、上記一般式(a)中のR101~R103、及びL101と同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。ただし、一般式(a)中のR102がL101と結合して環を形成する態様を除く。
 一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、R114及びR115は、上記一般式(a)中のR104及びR105と同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。ただし、一般式(a)中のR106がR104及びR105の少なくともいずれか1つと結合して環を形成する態様を除く。
In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 111 to R 113 and L 111 have the same meanings as R 101 to R 103 and L 101 in general formula (a), and are preferred examples. The same is true. However, an embodiment in which R 102 in general formula (a) is combined with L 101 to form a ring is excluded.
In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 114 and R 115 have the same meanings as R 104 and R 105 in the above general formula (a), and preferred examples are also the same. However, an embodiment in which R 106 in general formula (a) is combined with at least one of R 104 and R 105 to form a ring is excluded.
 一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、R117~R121は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 R117~R121が表す置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニル基、チオール基等が挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子、又はヨウ素原子が好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましい。
 アリール基としては、炭素数6~15のアリール基が挙げられ、フェニル基が好ましい。
 アルコキシ基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R117~R121が表すアルキル基と同様のものが好ましい。
 アルケニル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよく、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基が挙げられ、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基が好ましい。
In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Examples of the substituent represented by R 117 to R 121 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, and a thiol group.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom being preferred.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and includes an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, with phenyl groups being preferred.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is preferably the same as the alkyl group represented by R 117 to R 121 above.
The alkenyl group may be linear or branched, and includes an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R117~R121が互いに結合して環を形成する場合の環としては、例えば、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~10の単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルケニル基としては、炭素数3~10の単環又は多環のシクロアルケニル基が挙げられ、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルケニル基が好ましい。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基としては、チオフェン環基が好ましい。
When R 117 to R 121 combine with each other to form a ring, examples of the ring include a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred.
Examples of the cycloalkenyl group include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and monocyclic cycloalkenyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred.
As the aryl group, a phenyl group is preferred.
As the heteroaryl group, a thiophene ring group is preferred.
 R117~R121が互いに結合して環を形成する場合の環の態様は特に限定されないが、例えば、下記の態様が挙げられる。
 一般式(a-2)において、R117~R119の内の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様。
 一般式(a-3)において、R118~R119の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様。
 一般式(a-4)において、R117~R118の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様、R119~R121の内の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様。
 一般式(a-5)において、R117~R118の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様、R119~R120の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様。
 一般式(a-6)において、R117~R118の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様、R120~R121の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様。
 一般式(a-7)において、R117~R118の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様、R119~R121の内の2つが互いに結合して環を形成する態様。
When R 117 to R 121 combine with each other to form a ring, the form of the ring is not particularly limited, but examples include the following forms.
In general formula (a-2), an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 119 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (a-3), an embodiment in which two of R 118 to R 119 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (a-4), an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 118 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and an embodiment in which two of R 119 to R 121 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (a-5), an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 118 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and an embodiment in which two of R 119 to R 120 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (a-6), an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 118 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and an embodiment in which two of R 120 to R 121 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (a-7), an embodiment in which two of R 117 to R 118 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and an embodiment in which two of R 119 to R 121 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R117~R121は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表すことが好ましい。また、互いに結合してアリール基又はヘテロアリール基が形成されていることも好ましい。 R 117 to R 121 preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, it is also preferable that they are bonded to each other to form an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、AはS、O、N(R)、Se、又はTeを表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Rが表す置換基としては特に限定されず、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~3)、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる。
 アリール基としては、炭素数6~15のアリール基が挙げられ、フェニル基が好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基としては、フリル基、チエニル基、チアゾリル基、ピロリル基、オキサゾリル基、ピリジル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、キノリニル基、カルバゾリル基等の炭素数2~15個のヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 Rは、水素原子、又はメチル基が好ましい。
 Aは、S、O、又はN(R)を表すことが好ましく、S又はOがより好ましい。
In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
The substituent represented by R is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group (having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, with phenyl groups being preferred.
Examples of the heteroaryl group include heteroaryl groups having 2 to 15 carbon atoms such as furyl group, thienyl group, thiazolyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, quinolinyl group, and carbazolyl group. It will be done.
R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
A preferably represents S, O, or N(R), and more preferably S or O.
 一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位は、上記一般式(a-2)又は一般式(a-3)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましく、一般式(a-2)で表される繰り返し単位であることがさらに好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by general formula (a) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (a-2) or general formula (a-3) above, and in general formula (a-2), More preferably, it is a repeating unit represented by:
 繰り返し単位(a)の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。Meはメチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit (a) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a)を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin (A) may contain one type of repeating unit (a), or may contain two or more types in combination.
 樹脂(A)に含まれる繰り返し単位(a)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、15モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましく、30モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。15モル%以上とすることにより、本発明の効果がより生じやすい。
 また、樹脂(A)に含まれる繰り返し単位(a)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以下であることが好ましく、60モル%以下であることがより好ましく、50モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) is 15 mol% or more with respect to all repeating units of the resin (A). It is preferably at least 20 mol%, even more preferably at least 30 mol%. When the content is 15 mol% or more, the effects of the present invention are more likely to occur.
In addition, the content of repeating units (a) contained in resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) is 70 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of resin (A). The content is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less.
 樹脂(A)に含まれる繰り返し単位(a)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全質量に対して、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。10質量%以上とすることにより、本発明の効果がより生じやすい。
 また、樹脂(A)に含まれる繰り返し単位(a)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全質量に対して、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) shall be 10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the resin (A). The content is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more. When the content is 10% by mass or more, the effects of the present invention are more likely to occur.
In addition, the content of the repeating unit (a) contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units (a), the total) is 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the resin (A). It is preferably at most 60% by mass, more preferably at most 50% by mass.
 樹脂(A)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、繰り返し単位(a)以外の、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。 The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than the repeating unit (a) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
 繰り返し単位(a)以外の、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、公知の繰り返し単位を適宜使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0055]~[0191]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0035]~[0085]、米国特許出願公開2016/0147150A1号明細書の段落[0045]~[0090]に開示された公知の樹脂中の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を好適に使用できる。 As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than repeating unit (a), known repeating units can be used as appropriate. For example, paragraphs [0055] to [0191] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1, paragraphs [0035] to [0085] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147150A1. Repeating units having acid-decomposable groups in known resins disclosed in paragraphs [0045] to [0090] of the specification can be suitably used.
 樹脂(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、30~70モル%が更に好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、繰り返し単位(a)以外の、繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。
The content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) (if there are multiple repeating units having an acid-decomposable group, the total thereof) is based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). It is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, even more preferably 30 to 70 mol%.
The resin (A) may contain repeating units other than the repeating unit (a) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
(繰り返し単位(c))
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、下記一般式(c)で表される繰り返し単位(c)を含むことが好ましい。
(Repeat unit (c))
The resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group, and preferably contains a repeating unit (c) represented by the following general formula (c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 一般式(c)中、R61~R63は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R62はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR62は単結合またはアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは(k+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R62と結合して環を形成する場合には(k+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
 kは、1~5の整数を表す。
In general formula (c), R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 62 may combine with Ar to form a ring, and in that case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 62 to form a ring, represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
 一般式(c)中、R61~R63は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 R61~R63が表す有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
In general formula (c), R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
The organic group represented by R 61 to R 63 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
 R61~R63が表すアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、及び、ドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数8以下のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3以下のアルキル基が更に好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 61 to R 63 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group. An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is still more preferable.
 R61~R63が表すシクロアルキル基としては、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。なかでも、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~8個で単環型のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 R61~R63が表すアルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R61~R63におけるアルキル基と同様のものが好ましい。
The cycloalkyl group represented by R 61 to R 63 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among these, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group are preferred.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 61 to R 63 is preferably the same as the alkyl group in R 61 to R 63 above.
 R62はArと結合して環を形成する場合の、R62のアルキレン基としては、上記R61~R63におけるアルキル基から任意の水素原子を1つ除した基が好ましい。 When R 62 is combined with Ar to form a ring, the alkylene group for R 62 is preferably a group obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from the alkyl group in R 61 to R 63 above.
 R61~R63が表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 61 to R 63 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
 上記各基における好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、及び、ニトロ基が挙げられる。置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。 Preferred substituents for each of the above groups include, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thioether group, and an acyl group. , an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, and a nitro group. The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
 一般式(c)中、Arは、(k+1)価の芳香環基を表す。kが1である場合における2価の芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及び、アントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又は、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及び、チアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基が好ましい。 In the general formula (c), Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group. The divalent aromatic ring group when k is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group. or an aromatic compound containing a hetero ring such as a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiazole ring. A ring group is preferred.
 kが2以上の整数である場合における(k+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(k-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。
 (k+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
Specific examples of (k+1)-valent aromatic ring groups when k is an integer of 2 or more include (k-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups. The following groups are mentioned.
The (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
 (k+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基又はアリールオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of substituents that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, and an alkylsulfonyloxy group. , an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and the like.
 Arとしては、炭素数6~18の芳香環基が好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、及び、ビフェニレン環基がより好ましい。
 一般式(c)で表される繰り返し単位は、ヒドロキシスチレン構造を備えていることが好ましい。即ち、Arは、ベンゼン環基であることが好ましく、フェニレン基(2価のベンゼン環基)であることがより好ましい。
Ar is preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and a biphenylene ring group.
The repeating unit represented by general formula (c) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar is preferably a benzene ring group, more preferably a phenylene group (a divalent benzene ring group).
 一般式(c)中、Lは単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lが表す2価の連結基としては、*-X-L-**が挙げられる。
 上記式中、Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表し、R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 *は一般式(c)中の主鎖の炭素原子との結合手、**はArとの結合手である。
In general formula (c), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L includes *-X 4 -L 4 -**.
In the above formula, X 4 represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 64 -, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L 4 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
* is a bond with the carbon atom of the main chain in general formula (c), and ** is a bond with Ar.
 Xにより表される-CONR64-(R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す)におけるR64のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、及び、ドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数8以下のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xとしては、単結合、-COO-、又は、-CONH-が好ましく、単結合、又は、-COO-がより好ましい。
The alkyl group of R 64 in -CONR 64 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) represented by X 4 includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec Examples include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as -butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group, with alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms being preferred.
X 4 is preferably a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH-, and more preferably a single bond or -COO-.
 Lにおけるアルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、及び、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましい。 The alkylene group for L 4 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octylene group.
 Lは単結合、-COO-、又は-CONH-であることが好ましく、単結合であることがより好ましい。 L is preferably a single bond, -COO-, or -CONH-, and more preferably a single bond.
 一般式(c)中、kは、1~5の整数を表す。
 kは、1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。
In the general formula (c), k represents an integer of 1 to 5.
k is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
 一般式(c)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by general formula (c) is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (1) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(1)中、
 Aは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、又はシアノ基を表す。
 Rは、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基又はアリールオキシカルボニル基を表し、複数個ある場合には同じであっても異なっていてもよい。複数のRを有する場合には、互いに共同して環を形成していてもよい。Rとしては水素原子が好ましい。
 aは1~3の整数を表す。
 bは0~(3-a)の整数を表す。
In general formula (1),
A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
R represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, and there are a plurality of them. They may be the same or different depending on the case. When a plurality of R's are present, they may cooperate with each other to form a ring. R is preferably a hydrogen atom.
a represents an integer from 1 to 3.
b represents an integer from 0 to (3-a).
 以下、繰り返し単位(c)の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、aは1~3の整数を表す。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit (c) will be shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, a represents an integer of 1 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 なお、上記繰り返し単位のなかでも、以下に具体的に記載する繰り返し単位が好ましい。式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、aは2又は3を表す。 Note that among the above repeating units, the repeating units specifically described below are preferable. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents 2 or 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 繰り返し単位(c)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、10~80モル%が好ましく、15~75モル%がより好ましく、20~50モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit (c) is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 15 to 75 mol%, and even more preferably 20 to 50 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
 樹脂(A)は、以下のA群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位、及び/又は、以下のB群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
 A群:以下の(20)~(25)の繰り返し単位からなる群。
 (20)後述する、酸基を有する繰り返し単位
 (21)後述する、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位
 (22)後述する、ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位
 (23)後述する、光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位
 (24)後述する、式(V-1)又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位
 (25)主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位
 B群:以下の(30)~(32)の繰り返し単位からなる群。
 (30)後述する、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位
 (31)後述する、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位
 (32)後述する、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位
The resin (A) may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following group A, and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following group B. good.
Group A: A group consisting of the following repeating units (20) to (25).
(20) A repeating unit having an acid group, as described below. A repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group (23) A repeating unit having a photoacid generating group described below (24) A repeating unit having a photoacid generating group described later (25) Repeating units for reducing the mobility of the main chain Group B: A group consisting of the following repeating units (30) to (32).
(30) A repeating unit having at least one type of group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group, which will be described later. (31) A repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, which will be described later. (32) A repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group and is not acid-decomposable.
 樹脂(A)の好ましい一態様として、樹脂(A)が上記繰り返し単位(c)以外のフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位、及びラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つを含む態様が挙げられる。これにより、本発明の組成物から形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の基板への密着性が向上する。 A preferred embodiment of the resin (A) includes an embodiment in which the resin (A) contains at least one of a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group other than the repeating unit (c) and a repeating unit having a lactone group. This improves the adhesion of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention to the substrate.
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有しているのが好ましく、後述するように、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。樹脂(A)が酸基を有する場合、樹脂(A)と光酸発生剤から発生する酸との相互作用性がより優れる。この結果として、酸の拡散がより一層抑制されて、形成されるパターンの断面形状がより矩形化し得る。 The resin (A) preferably has an acid group, and as described below, preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. When the resin (A) has an acid group, the interaction between the resin (A) and the acid generated from the photoacid generator is more excellent. As a result, acid diffusion is further suppressed, and the cross-sectional shape of the formed pattern can be made more rectangular.
 樹脂(A)は上記A群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(A)は上記A群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも一方を含んでもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(A)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。樹脂(A)がフッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の両方を含む場合、樹脂(A)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の両方を含む1つの繰り返し単位を有していてもよいし、樹脂(A)は、フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位とヨウ素原子を含む繰り返し単位との2種を含んでいてもよい。
 樹脂(A)は上記B群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(A)は上記B群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 なお、本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(A)は、フッ素原子及び珪素原子のいずれも含まないことが好ましい。
The resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above group A. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (A) should have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above group A. is preferred.
The resin (A) may contain at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (A) preferably contains at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. When the resin (A) contains both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, the resin (A) may have one repeating unit containing both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom; It may contain two types: a repeating unit having a fluorine atom and a repeating unit containing an iodine atom.
The resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B above. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above group B. preferable.
In addition, when the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, it is preferable that the resin (A) contains neither a fluorine atom nor a silicon atom.
(酸基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上記繰り返し単位(c)以外の酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 酸基としては、pKaが13以下の酸基が好ましい。上記酸基の酸解離定数は、13以下が好ましく、3~13がより好ましく、5~10が更に好ましい。
 樹脂(A)が、pKaが13以下の酸基を有する場合、樹脂(A)中における酸基の含有量は特に制限されないが、0.2~6.0mmol/gの場合が多い。なかでも、0.8~6.0mmol/gが好ましく、1.2~5.0mmol/gがより好ましく、1.6~4.0mmol/gが更に好ましい。酸基の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、現像が良好に進行し、形成されるパターン形状に優れ、解像性にも優れる。
 酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、又はイソプロパノール基が好ましい。
 上記ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基は、フッ素原子の1つ以上(好ましくは1~2つ)が、フッ素原子以外の基(アルコキシカルボニル基等)で置換されてもよい。
 酸基としては、このように形成された-C(CF)(OH)-CF-も好ましい。また、フッ素原子の1つ以上がフッ素原子以外の基に置換されて、-C(CF)(OH)-CF-を含む環を形成してもよい。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、上述の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位、及び後述するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい。
(Repeating unit with acid group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group other than the repeating unit (c).
As the acid group, an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable. The acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3 to 13, and even more preferably 5 to 10.
When the resin (A) has acid groups with a pKa of 13 or less, the content of acid groups in the resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is often 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. Among these, 0.8 to 6.0 mmol/g is preferable, 1.2 to 5.0 mmol/g is more preferable, and even more preferably 1.6 to 4.0 mmol/g. When the content of acid groups is within the above range, development proceeds well, the formed pattern shape is excellent, and the resolution is also excellent.
As the acid group, for example, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group is preferable.
In the above-mentioned hexafluoroisopropanol group, one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group).
As the acid group, -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 - formed in this way is also preferred. Furthermore, one or more of the fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -.
The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group and the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group described below.
The repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
 上記繰り返し単位(c)以外の酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、以下の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Examples of repeating units having an acid group other than the above repeating unit (c) include the following repeating units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 樹脂(A)が酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以下が好ましく、65モル%以下がより好ましく、60モル%以下が更に好ましい。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 5 mol% or more, and 10 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). is more preferable. The upper limit thereof is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 65 mol% or less, and even more preferably 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
(酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上述した酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位及び酸基を有する繰り返し単位とは別に、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(以下、単位Xともいう。)を有していてもよい。ここで言う<酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位>は、後述の<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>、及び<光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位>等の、A群に属する他の種類の繰り返し単位とは異なることが好ましい。
(Repeating unit that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, but has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom)
Resin (A) does not have any acid-decomposable groups or acid groups, and does not contain fluorine, bromine, or iodine atoms, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating units having acid-decomposable groups and repeating units having acid groups. (hereinafter also referred to as unit X). The <repeat unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group but a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom> referred to herein means the <repeat unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group> described below. It is preferable that the repeating unit is different from other types of repeating units belonging to Group A, such as , and <repeat unit having a photoacid generating group>.
 単位Xとしては、式(C)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As the unit X, a repeating unit represented by formula (C) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 Lは、単結合、又はエステル基を表す。Rは、水素原子、又はフッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。R10は、水素原子、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいシクロアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアリール基、又はこれらを組み合わせた基を表す。 L 5 represents a single bond or an ester group. R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R10 may have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Represents an aryl group or a group combining these.
 単位Xの含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、0モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、50モル%以下が好ましく、45モル%以下がより好ましく、40モル%以下が更に好ましい。 The content of unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
 樹脂(A)の繰り返し単位のうち、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位の合計含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましく、40モル%以上が特に好ましい。上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、100モル%以下である。
 なお、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位としては、例えば、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、及びフッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Among the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom is preferably 10 mol% or more based on all repeating units of the resin (A). , more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, particularly preferably 40 mol% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less based on all repeating units of the resin (A).
Note that the repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom includes, for example, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and an acid-decomposable group, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. Examples include repeating units having an atom or an iodine atom and an acid group, and repeating units having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、及びカーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位(以下、「単位Y」ともいう。)を有していてもよい。
 単位Yは、水酸基、及びヘキサフルオロプロパノール基等の酸基を有さないことも好ましい。
(Repeat unit having lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as "unit Y") having at least one type selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group.
It is also preferable that the unit Y does not have an acid group such as a hydroxyl group or a hexafluoropropanol group.
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればよい。ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造は、5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又はビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、下記式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は下記式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造の環員原子から、水素原子を1つ以上引き抜いてなるラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましく、ラクトン基又はスルトン基が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。例えば、ラクトン基又はスルトン基の環員原子が、樹脂(A)の主鎖を構成してもよい。
The lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or a sultone structure. The lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure. Among these, 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structures are fused with other ring structures to form a bicyclo or spiro structure, or 5- to 7-membered sultone structures to form a bicyclo or spiro structure. More preferred is a structure in which another ring structure is condensed.
The resin (A) has a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). It is preferable to have a repeating unit having a lactone group or sultone group formed by abstracting one or more hydrogen atoms from a ring member atom of a sultone structure, and the lactone group or sultone group may be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, ring member atoms of a lactone group or a sultone group may constitute the main chain of the resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造は、置換基(Rb)を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基が挙げられる。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在するRbは、異なっていてもよく、複数存在するRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure or sultone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , a halogen atom, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n2 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or more, a plurality of Rb 2s may be different, or a plurality of Rb 2s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を含む基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、下記式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 A repeating group having a lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any one of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) Examples of the unit include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(AI)中、Rbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Rbのアルキル基が有していてもよい好ましい置換基としては、水酸基、及びハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 Rbのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。Rbは、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環式炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基を表す。なかでも、Abとしては、単結合、又は-Ab-CO-で表される連結基が好ましい。Abは、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、メチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、又はノルボルニレン基が好ましい。
 Vは、式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基、又は式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基を表す。
In formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom of Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Ab is a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a divalent linkage of a combination thereof. represents a group. Among these, Ab is preferably a single bond or a connecting group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 -. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, and is preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group, or norbornylene group.
V is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or Represents a group obtained by abstracting one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a sultone structure represented by any of 3).
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位に、光学異性体が存在する場合、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)は90以上が好ましく、95以上がより好ましい。 If an optical isomer exists in the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, any optical isomer may be used. Further, one type of optical isomer may be used alone or a plurality of optical isomers may be used in combination. When one type of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
 カーボネート基としては、環状炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
 環状炭酸エステル基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。
As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferable.
As the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(A-1)中、R は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。nは0以上の整数を表す。R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、複数存在するR は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。Aは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。上記2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環式炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基が好ましい。Zは、式中の-O-CO-O-で表される基と共に単環又は多環を形成する原子団を表す。 In formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group). n represents an integer of 0 or more. R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 's may be the same or different. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group mentioned above is an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these. A valent linking group is preferred. Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula.
 樹脂(A)が単位Yを含む場合、単位Yの含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、85モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、70モル%以下が更に好ましく、60モル%以下が特に好ましい。 When the resin (A) contains the unit Y, the content of the unit Y is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). In addition, the upper limit thereof is preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, particularly 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). preferable.
(光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上記以外の繰り返し単位として、活性光線又は放射線(好ましくは電子線又は極紫外線)の照射により酸を発生する基(以下、「光酸発生基」ともいう)を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 樹脂(A)の好ましい一態様として、樹脂(A)が電子線又は極紫外線の照射により分解して酸を発生する基を有する繰り返し単位を含む態様が挙げられる。
 光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
(Repeating unit with photoacid generating group)
The resin (A) is a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (preferably an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays) (hereinafter also referred to as a "photoacid generating group") as a repeating unit other than the above. It may have.
One preferable embodiment of the resin (A) is an embodiment in which the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid when decomposed by irradiation with an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
Examples of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group include a repeating unit represented by formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 R41は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。L41は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。L42は、2価の連結基を表す。R40は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して側鎖に酸を発生させる構造部位を表す。
 光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。
R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. R 40 represents a structural moiety that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in the side chain.
Examples of repeating units having a photoacid generating group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 そのほか、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、特開2014-041327号公報の段落[0094]~[0105]に記載された繰り返し単位、及び国際公開第2018/193954号公報の段落[0094]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) include the repeating units described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of JP2014-041327A and WO2018/193954A. Examples include the repeating units described in paragraph [0094].
 樹脂(A)が光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以下が好ましく、35モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下が更に好ましい。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group, the content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably 1 mol% or more with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A), More preferably 5 mol% or more. Further, the upper limit thereof is preferably 40 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
(式(V-1)又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、下記式(V-1)、又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 下記式(V-1)、及び下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位は上述の繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2))
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
The repeating units represented by the following formulas (V-1) and (V-2) are preferably repeating units different from the above-mentioned repeating units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が好ましい。
 nは、0~6の整数を表す。
 nは、0~4の整数を表す。
 Xは、メチレン基、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子である。
 式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。
 式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0100]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
During the ceremony,
R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is the number of carbon atoms 1 to 6 alkyl groups or fluorinated alkyl groups), or carboxyl groups. The alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
n 3 represents an integer from 0 to 6.
n 4 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
The repeating units represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are illustrated below.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include the repeating unit described in paragraph [0100] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
(主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、発生酸の過剰な拡散又は現像時のパターン崩壊を抑制できる点から、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が高い方が好ましい。Tgは、90℃より大きいことが好ましく、100℃より大きいことがより好ましく、110℃より大きいことが更に好ましく、125℃より大きいことが特に好ましい。なお、現像液への溶解速度が優れる点から、Tgは400℃以下が好ましく、350℃以下がより好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、樹脂(A)等のポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)(以下「繰り返し単位のTg」)は、以下の方法で算出する。まず、ポリマー中に含まれる各繰り返し単位のみからなるホモポリマーのTgを、Bicerano法によりそれぞれ算出する。次に、ポリマー中の全繰り返し単位に対する、各繰り返し単位の質量割合(%)を算出する。次に、Foxの式(Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等に記載)を用いて各質量割合におけるTgを算出して、それらを総和して、ポリマーのTg(℃)とする。
 Bicerano法は、Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York(1993)に記載されている。Bicerano法によるTgの算出は、ポリマーの物性概算ソフトウェアMDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems, Inc.)を用いて行うことができる。
(Repeat unit to reduce main chain mobility)
The resin (A) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development. Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, even more preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C. In addition, from the viewpoint of excellent dissolution rate in a developer, Tg is preferably 400°C or less, more preferably 350°C or less.
In this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a polymer such as resin (A) (hereinafter referred to as "Tg of a repeating unit") is calculated by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method. Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, the Tg at each mass ratio is calculated using Fox's formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and these are summed to determine the Tg (° C.) of the polymer.
The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). Calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using polymer physical property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
 樹脂(A)のTgを大きくする(好ましくは、Tgを90℃超とする)には、樹脂(A)の主鎖の運動性を低下させることが好ましい。樹脂(A)の主鎖の運動性を低下させる方法は、以下の(a)~(e)の方法が挙げられる。
 (a)主鎖への嵩高い置換基の導入
 (b)主鎖への複数の置換基の導入
 (c)主鎖近傍への樹脂(A)間の相互作用を誘発する置換基の導入
 (d)環状構造での主鎖形成
 (e)主鎖への環状構造の連結
 なお、樹脂(A)は、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
In order to increase the Tg of the resin (A) (preferably to make the Tg higher than 90° C.), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). Examples of methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of resin (A) include the following methods (a) to (e).
(a) Introduction of a bulky substituent to the main chain (b) Introduction of multiple substituents to the main chain (c) Introduction of a substituent that induces interaction between resins (A) near the main chain ( d) Main chain formation with a cyclic structure (e) Connection of the cyclic structure to the main chain It is preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit whose homopolymer Tg is 130° C. or higher.
 上記(a)~(e)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(A)に国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0145]~[0160]に記載の繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。 As an example of specific means for achieving the above (a) to (e), there is a method of introducing repeating units described in paragraphs [0145] to [0160] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 into the resin (A). Can be mentioned.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 樹脂(A)が有するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位としては、上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した繰り返し単位が挙げられる。好ましい含有量も上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した通りである。
(Repeating unit having at least one type of group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, and alkali-soluble group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one type of group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group.
Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group that the resin (A) has include the repeating units described in <Repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group> described above. The preferable content is also as explained above in <Repeating unit having lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。これにより基板密着性、現像液親和性が向上する。
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環式炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0081]~[0084]に記載のものが挙げられる。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves substrate adhesion and developer affinity.
The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP-A No. 2014-098921.
 樹脂(A)は、アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性基としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0163]に記載の基を挙げることができる。アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0085]及び[0086]に記載のものが挙げられる。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
Examples of the alkali-soluble group include the groups described in paragraph [0163] of International Publication No. 2022/024928. Examples of the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP-A-2014-098921.
(脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有してもよい。脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0164]に記載の繰り返し単位基を挙げることができる。
(Repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not show acid decomposition)
The resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and may have repeating units that are not acid-decomposable. Examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not showing acid decomposability include the repeating unit group described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
(水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位は、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0165]~[0168]に記載の水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位と同様である。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
The repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group has both a hydroxyl group and a cyano group as described in paragraphs [0165] to [0168] of WO 2022/024928. This is the same as the repeating unit represented by formula (III).
(その他の繰り返し単位)
 更に、樹脂(A)は、上述した繰り返し単位以外のその他の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。
 例えば樹脂(A)は、オキサチアン環基を有する繰り返し単位、オキサゾロン環基を有する繰り返し単位、ジオキサン環基を有する繰り返し単位、及びヒダントイン環基を有する繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 上述した繰り返し単位以外のその他の繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0170]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
(Other repeat units)
Furthermore, the resin (A) may have repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units.
For example, the resin (A) has a repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an oxathian ring group, a repeating unit having an oxazolone ring group, a repeating unit having a dioxane ring group, and a repeating unit having a hydantoin ring group. You may do so.
Specific examples of repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units include those described in paragraph [0170] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
 樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、解像性、耐熱性、及び感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。 In addition to the above-mentioned repeating structural units, the resin (A) contains various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc. It may have.
 樹脂(A)としては、特に、本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、繰り返し単位の全てが、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物に由来する繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。具体的な態様としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0172]に記載のものを挙げることができる。 As the resin (A), especially when the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, all of the repeating units are derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is preferable that the repeating unit is composed of repeating units. Specific embodiments include those described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
 樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、30,000以下が好ましく、1,000~30,000がより好ましく、3,000~30,000が更に好ましく、5,000~15,000が特に好ましい。
 樹脂(A)の分散度(分子量分布、Pd、Mw/Mn)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1.2~3.0が更に好ましく、1.2~2.0が特に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及びレジスト形状がより優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がよりスムーズであり、ラフネス性にもより優れる。
Resin (A) can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by GPC method. Particularly preferred is 5,000 to 15,000.
The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (A) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and 1.2 to 2.0. is particularly preferred. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the sidewalls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 本発明の組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。 The composition of the present invention may contain one type of resin (A) or two or more types.
 本発明の組成物において、樹脂(A)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、40.0~99.9質量%が好ましく、60.0~90.0質量%がより好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (A) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, and 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. is more preferable.
The resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
<(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(「化合物(B)」、「光酸発生剤」、「光酸発生剤(B)」ともいう)を含む。光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態とを併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、光酸発生剤の分子量は3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、100以上が好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、pKaが-10以上5以下の酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
<(B) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation>
The composition of the present invention contains a compound (also referred to as "compound (B),""photoacidgenerator," or "photoacid generator (B)") that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated into a part of the polymer. Further, a form of a low molecular compound and a form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used together.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight of the photoacid generator is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more.
When the photoacid generator is incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A), or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A).
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
The photoacid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of -10 or more and 5 or less when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
 化合物(B)は、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound (B) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R~Rは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Mn+はカチオンを表す。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (1), R 1 and R 5 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
R 2 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
M n+ represents a cation.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基といった芳香環基やスルホ基を有するため、樹脂(A)中の繰り返し単位(a)が有する芳香族ヘテロ環基とのπ-π相互作用、繰り返し単位(a)が有するL101と結合するエステル結合との水素結合の作用で、樹脂(A)と化合物(B)との相溶性が高まり材料分布が均一となるため、よりLWR性能やパターン形状を向上させることができる。 Since the compound represented by the general formula (1) has an aromatic ring group such as an aryl group or a heteroaryl group or a sulfo group, the π -π interaction and the hydrogen bond between the L 101 of the repeating unit (a) and the ester bond increase the compatibility between the resin (A) and the compound (B) and make the material distribution uniform. The LWR performance and pattern shape can be further improved.
 R及びRとしてのアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~15個のアリール基を挙げることができ、具体的には、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 R及びRとしてのヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数2~15個のヘテロアリール基を挙げることができ、5員環~10員環のものを挙げることができ、具体的には、フリル基、チエニル基、ピロリル基、オキサゾリル基、ピリジル基、キノリニル基、カルバゾリル基等が挙げられる。
 R~Rとしての置換基としては、1価の置換基であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせが挙げられる。
Examples of the aryl group as R 1 and R 5 include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specifically, preferred examples include phenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, etc. can.
Examples of the heteroaryl group as R 1 and R 5 include a heteroaryl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, including a 5- to 10-membered ring, and specifically, , furyl group, thienyl group, pyrrolyl group, oxazolyl group, pyridyl group, quinolinyl group, carbazolyl group, and the like.
Substituents for R 2 to R 4 are not particularly limited as long as they are monovalent substituents, but include, for example, alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms. Examples include groups containing atoms and heteroatoms such as silicon atoms; and combinations of two or more thereof.
 R~Rとしてのアルキル基は、例えば、炭素数1~30のアルキル基を挙げることができる。アルキル基として好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基など炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。 Examples of the alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 include alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Preferably, the alkyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, or dodecyl group. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 R~Rとしてのアルケニル基は、例えば、炭素数2~30のアルケニル基を挙げることができ、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基は好ましい。
 R~Rとしてのシクロアルキル基は、単環型であってもよく、多環型であってもよい。このシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは3~8である。
Examples of the alkenyl groups as R 2 to R 4 include alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and alkenyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms are preferred.
The cycloalkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in this cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 8.
 R~Rとしてのアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~15個のアリール基を挙げることができ、具体的には、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 R~Rとしてのハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等を挙げることができる。
Examples of the aryl group as R 2 to R 4 include aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specifically, preferred examples include phenyl group, naphthyl group, and anthryl group. can.
Examples of the halogen atoms as R 2 to R 4 include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms.
 ヘテロ原子を含む基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、チオエーテル基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、シアノ基、アミノ基、アシルオキシ基、アシルアミド基、ヘテロアリール基、エーテル結合、カルボニル結合、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせが挙げられる。 Groups containing heteroatoms include, for example, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, thiol group, thioether group, nitro group, nitroso group, cyano group, amino group, acyloxy group, acylamido group, heteroaryl group, ether bond, carbonyl group, etc. Examples include bonds and combinations of two or more thereof.
 アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基及びアシルアミド基の炭素数は、好ましくは20以下とし、更に好ましくは8以下とする。このアルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、n-ブチロキシ基、t-ブトキシ基及びオクチロキシ基が挙げられる。中でも、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基及びt-ブトキシ基が特に好ましい。なお、チオエーテル基についても、酸素原子の代わりに硫黄原子を用いることを除いては、アルコキシ基と同様のものが挙げられる。アシルオキシ基としては、例えば、アセチルオキシ基が挙げられる。アシルアミド基としては、例えば、アセチルアミド基が挙げられる。
 ヘテロアリール基としては、R及びRとしてのヘテロアリール基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group, acyloxy group and acylamido group is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 8 or less. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, n-butyloxy group, t-butoxy group and octyloxy group. Among these, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and t-butoxy groups are particularly preferred. In addition, as for the thioether group, the same ones as the alkoxy group can be mentioned, except that a sulfur atom is used instead of an oxygen atom. Examples of the acyloxy group include an acetyloxy group. Examples of the acylamide group include an acetylamide group.
Examples of the heteroaryl group include the same heteroaryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
 R及びRとしてのアリール基、ヘテロアリール基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。更なる置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせが挙げられる。
 アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせは、それぞれ、R~Rとしての置換基の具体例における、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせと同様である。
 R及びRとしてのアリール基、ヘテロアリール基が複数の置換基を有する場合、複数の置換基における少なくとも2つは互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
The aryl group and heteroaryl group as R 1 and R 5 may further have a substituent. Further substituents include, for example, alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and two or more of these. A combination of these can be mentioned.
Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 - In specific examples of substituents as R 4 , alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
When the aryl group or heteroaryl group as R 1 and R 5 has a plurality of substituents, at least two of the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R~Rの置換基としてのアルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。更なる置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基及びニトロ基、並びにこれらの2種以上の組合せが挙げられる。 Alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms as substituents for R 2 to R 4 further have a substituent; It's okay. Additional substituents include, for example, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amido groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyl groups, etc. group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a combination of two or more thereof.
 上記R及びRは、後述の極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基を構成することができる。
 上記R~Rは、後述の極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基を構成することができる。
The above R 1 and R 5 are a group containing a polar group as described below, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer. A group containing a group can be constructed.
The above R 2 to R 4 are a group containing a polar group as described below, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer. A group containing a group can be constructed.
 上記一般式(1)中、Rがアリール基を表すことが好ましい。
 Rとしてのアリール基は、R及びRとしてのアリール基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 Rとしてのアリール基は、更に置換基を有していても良い。更なる置換基としては、上述したR及びRとが更に有していても良い置換基の具体例として前述した各基を挙げることができる。
 Rとしてのアリール基が複数の置換基を有する場合、複数の置換基における少なくとも2つは互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
In the above general formula (1), R 3 preferably represents an aryl group.
Examples of the aryl group as R 3 include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
The aryl group as R 3 may further have a substituent. As further substituents, the above-mentioned groups can be mentioned as specific examples of the substituents that R 1 and R 5 described above may further have.
When the aryl group as R 3 has a plurality of substituents, at least two of the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 上記一般式(1)中、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基であることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (1), at least one of R 1 to R 5 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer. , a group containing a group that increases solubility in an alkaline developer is preferable.
 R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、極性基を含む基における極性基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びに、アルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polar group in the group containing a polar group as at least one of R 1 to R 5 include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) group. (alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, Examples include acidic groups such as a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group and a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子などの電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基など)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。
 中でも、極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、又はフッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)が好ましい。
In addition, alcoholic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the hydroxyl group is an electron-withdrawing group such as a fluorine atom at the α position of the hydroxyl group. Excludes aliphatic alcohols substituted with functional groups (for example, hexafluoroisopropanol groups, etc.). The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
Among these, as the polar group, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, or a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group) is preferable.
 極性基を含む基として、カルボニル結合を有する基も挙げることができる。
 カルボニル結合を有する基としては、例えば、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、R~Rとしてのアルキル基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 アリール基としては、例えば、R及びRとしてのアリール基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 カルボニル結合を有する基は、カルボニル結合とエーテル結合が隣接して結合しない基である。
Examples of the group containing a polar group include a group having a carbonyl bond.
Examples of the group having a carbonyl bond include an alkylcarbonyl group and an arylcarbonyl group.
Examples of the alkyl group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
Examples of the aryl group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
A group having a carbonyl bond is a group in which a carbonyl bond and an ether bond are not bonded adjacently.
 カルボニル結合を有する基としての、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基は更に置換基を有していても良い。
 更なる置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせが挙げられる。
 アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせは、それぞれ、R~Rとしての置換基の具体例における、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせと同様である。
The alkylcarbonyl group and arylcarbonyl group as a group having a carbonyl bond may further have a substituent.
Further substituents include, for example, alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and two or more of these. A combination of these can be mentioned.
Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 - In specific examples of substituents as R 4 , alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
 極性基を含む基としては、特に限定されないが、極性基を含む有機基を挙げることができる。極性基を含む有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせであって、極性基を有するようにした基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせは、それぞれ、R~Rとしての置換基の具体例における、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせと同様である。
Examples of the group containing a polar group include, but are not particularly limited to, organic groups containing a polar group. Examples of organic groups containing polar groups include alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; Examples include a combination of more than one species and a group having a polar group.
Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 - In specific examples of substituents as R 4 , alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
 極性基を含む基としては、例えば、極性基を含むアルキル基、極性基を含むアリール基を挙げることができる。
 極性基を含むアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、R~Rとしてのアルキル基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 極性基を含むアリール基におけるアリール基としては、例えば、R及びRとしてのアリール基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 また、極性基を含む基が、極性基自体であっても良い。
Examples of the group containing a polar group include an alkyl group containing a polar group and an aryl group containing a polar group.
Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group containing a polar group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
Examples of the aryl group in the aryl group containing a polar group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
Further, the group containing a polar group may be the polar group itself.
 R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基における酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基(以下、「酸分解性基」とも言う)は、極性基が酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、極性基を含む基における極性基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
A group which decomposes and increases polarity by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable group") in a group containing a group which decomposes and increases polarity by the action of an acid as at least one of R 1 to R 5 ) preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid.
Examples of the polar group include those similar to the polar group in the group containing a polar group as at least one of R 1 to R 5 .
 酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(脱離基)としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0030]~[0035]、[0037]~[0039]に記載されるものを挙げることができる。 Examples of groups that decompose and leave due to the action of acids (leaving groups) include those described in paragraphs [0030] to [0035] and [0037] to [0039] of International Publication No. 2022/024928. Can be done.
 酸分解性基を含む基としては、酸分解性基を含む基であれば特に限定されないが、酸分解性基を含む有機基を挙げることができる。酸分解性基を含む有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせであって、酸分解性基を有するようにした基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせは、それぞれ、R~Rとしての置換基の具体例における、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせと同様である。
The group containing an acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group containing an acid-decomposable group, and examples include organic groups containing an acid-decomposable group. Examples of organic groups containing acid-decomposable groups include alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; Examples include a combination of two or more of the following, which has an acid-decomposable group.
Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 - In specific examples of substituents as R 4 , alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
 酸分解性基を含む基としては、例えば、酸分解性基を含むアルキル基、酸分解性基を含むアリール基を挙げることができる。
 酸分解性基を含むアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、R~Rとしてのアルキル基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 酸分解性基を含むアリール基におけるアリール基としては、例えば、R及びRとしてのアリール基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 また、酸分解性基を含む基が、酸分解性基自体であっても良い。
Examples of the group containing an acid-decomposable group include an alkyl group containing an acid-decomposable group and an aryl group containing an acid-decomposable group.
Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group containing an acid-decomposable group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
Examples of the aryl group in the aryl group containing an acid-decomposable group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
Further, the group containing an acid-decomposable group may be the acid-decomposable group itself.
 R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、アルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基におけるアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基は、「極性変換基」とも呼ばれ、具体例としては、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、スルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)などが挙げられる。 At least one of R 1 to R 5 contains a group that decomposes under the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer. A group that increases the solubility in is also called a "polar conversion group", and specific examples include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), an acid anhydride group (-C(O)OC(O) -), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC(O)O-), sulfuric acid ester group (-OSO 2 O-), sulfonic acid ester group (-SO 2 O-) and the like.
 極性変換基を含む基としては、例えば、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、イミド基が挙げられる。 Examples of the group containing a polarity converting group include an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and an imide group.
 アシルオキシ基におけるアシル基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~8である。
 アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基におけるアルコキシ基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~8である。
The number of carbon atoms in the acyl group in the acyloxy group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
 アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基におけるアリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~14であり、更に好ましくは6~10である。
 アリールオキシカルボニル基におけるアリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~14であり、更に好ましくは6~10である。
 アルコキシカルボニル基におけるアルコキシ基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~8である。
 イミド基は、イミドから水素原子を一つ除した基である。
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
An imide group is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from imide.
 アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、及びイミド基は更に置換基を有していても良い。
 更なる置換基としては、上述したR及びRとが更に有していても良い置換基の具体例として前述した各基を挙げることができる。
The acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, and imide group may further have a substituent.
As further substituents, the above-mentioned groups can be mentioned as specific examples of the substituents that R 1 and R 5 described above may further have.
 本発明の一つの好ましい態様としては、極性変換基としては、一般式(KA-1)又は(KB-1)で表される部分構造におけるXで表される基である。 In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polarity converting group is a group represented by X in the partial structure represented by general formula (KA-1) or (KB-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(KA-1)又は(KB-1)におけるXは、カルボン酸エステル基:-COO-、酸無水物基:-C(O)OC(O)-、酸イミド基:-NHCONH-、カルボン酸チオエステル基:-COS-、炭酸エステル基:-OC(O)O-、硫酸エステル基:-OSOO-、スルホン酸エステル基:-SOO-を表す。
 Y及びYは、それぞれ同一でも異なっても良く、電子求引性基を表す。
 なお、本発明の一つの好ましい態様として、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物が極性変換基を含む基として、一般式(KA-1)又は(KB-1)で表される部分構造を有する基を有するが、一般式(KA-1)で表される部分構造、Y及びYが1価である場合の(KB-1)で表される部分構造の場合のように、上記部分構造が結合手を有しない場合は、上記部分構造を有する基とは、上記部分構造における任意の水素原子を少なくとも1つ除いた1価以上の基を有する基である。
X in the general formula (KA-1) or (KB-1) is a carboxylic acid ester group: -COO-, an acid anhydride group: -C(O)OC(O)-, an acid imide group: -NHCONH-, Carboxylic acid thioester group: -COS-, carbonate ester group: -OC(O)O-, sulfuric acid ester group: -OSO 2 O-, sulfonic acid ester group: -SO 2 O-.
Y 1 and Y 2 may be the same or different, and each represents an electron-withdrawing group.
In addition, as one preferable embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the above general formula (1) has a partial structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) or (KB-1) as a group containing a polarity converting group. However, as in the case of the partial structure represented by the general formula (KA-1), and the partial structure represented by (KB-1) when Y 1 and Y 2 are monovalent, When the partial structure does not have a bond, the group having the partial structure is a group having a monovalent or higher valence from which at least one arbitrary hydrogen atom in the partial structure is removed.
 一般式(KA-1)で表される部分構造は、Xとしての基とともに環構造を形成する構造である。
 一般式(KA-1)におけるXとして好ましくは、カルボン酸エステル基(即ち、KA-1としてラクトン環構造を形成する場合)、及び酸無水物基、炭酸エステル基である。より好ましくはカルボン酸エステル基である。
 一般式(KA-1)で表される環構造は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、置換基Zka1をnka個有していてもよい。
 Zka1は、複数ある場合はそれぞれ独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、エーテル基、ヒドロキシル基、アミド基、アリール基、ラクトン環基、又は電子求引性基を表す。
 Zka1同士が連結して環を形成しても良い。Zka1同士が連結して形成する環としては、例えば、シクロアルキル環、ヘテロ環(環状エーテル環、ラクトン環など)が挙げられる。
 nkaは0~10の整数を表す。好ましくは0~8の整数、より好ましくは0~5の整数、更に好ましくは1~4の整数、最も好ましくは1~3の整数である。
The partial structure represented by general formula (KA-1) is a structure that forms a ring structure together with the group as X.
X in general formula (KA-1) is preferably a carboxylic ester group (ie, when KA-1 forms a lactone ring structure), an acid anhydride group, or a carbonate ester group. More preferred is a carboxylic acid ester group.
The ring structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) may have a substituent, for example, it may have nka number of substituents Z ka1 .
When there is a plurality of Z ka1 , each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an ether group, a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an aryl group, a lactone ring group, or an electron-withdrawing group.
Z ka1 may be connected to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by connecting Z ka1 to each other include a cycloalkyl ring and a hetero ring (cyclic ether ring, lactone ring, etc.).
nka represents an integer from 0 to 10. It is preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably an integer of 0 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and most preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
 Zka1としての電子求引性基は、ハロゲン原子に代表される後述のY及びYとしての電子求引性基と同様である。
 なお、上記電子求引性基は、別の電子求引性基で置換されていてもよい。
The electron-withdrawing group as Z ka1 is the same as the electron-withdrawing group as Y 1 and Y 2 described below, which are represented by a halogen atom.
Note that the electron-withdrawing group may be substituted with another electron-withdrawing group.
 Zka1は好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、エーテル基、ヒドロキシル基、又は電子求引性基であり、より好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又は電子求引性基である。なお、エーテル基としては、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基等で置換されたもの、すなわち、アルキルエーテル基等が好ましい。電子求引性基の好ましい例は、後述のY及びYとしての電子求引性基と同様である。
 Zka1としてのハロゲン原子はフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 Zka1としてのアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。直鎖アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~30、更に好ましくは1~20であり、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デカニル基等が挙げられる。分岐アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数3~30、更に好ましくは3~20であり、例えば、i-プロピル基、i-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、i-ペンチル基、t-ペンチル基、i-ヘキシル基、t-ヘキシル基、i-ヘプチル基、t-ヘプチル基、i-オクチル基、t-オクチル基、i-ノニル基、t-デカノイル基等が挙げられる。メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、t-ブチル基などの炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。
 Zka1としてのシクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、単環型でもよく、多環型でもよく、有橋式であってもよい。例えば、シクロアルキル基は橋かけ構造を有していてもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロブチル基、シクロオクチル基等を挙げることができる。多環型としては、炭素数5以上のビシクロ、トリシクロ、テトラシクロ構造等を有する基を挙げることができ、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボロニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトシクロドデシル基、アンドロスタニル基等が挙げられる。シクロアルキル基としては下記構造も好ましい。なお、シクロアルキル基中の炭素原子の一部が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
Z ka1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an ether group, a hydroxyl group, or an electron-withdrawing group, and more preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an electron-withdrawing group. The ether group is preferably one substituted with an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, that is, an alkyl ether group. Preferable examples of the electron-withdrawing group are the same as the electron-withdrawing groups as Y 1 and Y 2 described below.
Examples of the halogen atom as Z ka1 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
The alkyl group as Z ka1 may have a substituent and may be either linear or branched. The straight chain alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group. group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decanyl group and the like. The branched alkyl group preferably has 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, an i-propyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-pentyl group, a t-pentyl group, Examples include i-hexyl group, t-hexyl group, i-heptyl group, t-heptyl group, i-octyl group, t-octyl group, i-nonyl group, and t-decanoyl group. Those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, and t-butyl group are preferable.
The cycloalkyl group as Z ka1 may have a substituent, and may be monocyclic, polycyclic, or bridged. For example, a cycloalkyl group may have a bridged structure. As the monocyclic type, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclooctyl group, and the like. Examples of the polycyclic type include groups having a bicyclo, tricyclo, and tetracyclo structure having 5 or more carbon atoms, and preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, Examples include camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, α-pinel group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group, androstannyl group, and the like. The following structures are also preferable as the cycloalkyl group. Note that some of the carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記脂環部分の好ましいものとしては、アダマンチル基、ノルアダマンチル基、デカリン基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、ノルボルニル基、セドロール基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデカニル基、シクロドデカニル基を挙げることができる。より好ましくは、アダマンチル基、デカリン基、ノルボルニル基、セドロール基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデカニル基、シクロドデカニル基、トリシクロデカニル基である。
 これらの脂環式構造の置換基としては、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。アルキル基としてはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基等の低級アルキル基が好ましく、更に好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基を表す。上記アルコキシ基としては、好ましくはメトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等の炭素数1~4個のものを挙げることができる。アルキル基及びアルコキシ基が有してもよい置換基としては、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)等を挙げることができる。
Preferred examples of the alicyclic moiety include adamantyl group, noradamantyl group, decalin group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, norbornyl group, cedrol group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, and cyclodecanyl group. and cyclododecanyl group. More preferred are adamantyl group, decalin group, norbornyl group, cedrol group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecanyl group, cyclododecanyl group, and tricyclodecanyl group.
Examples of the substituents of these alicyclic structures include alkyl groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, carboxyl groups, and alkoxycarbonyl groups. The alkyl group is preferably a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or an isopropyl group. Preferable examples of the alkoxy group include those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and butoxy groups. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group and alkoxy group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
 Zka1のラクトン環基としては、後述する(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)のいずれかで表される構造から水素原子を除した基が挙げられる。 Examples of the lactone ring group of Z ka1 include groups obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a structure represented by any of (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) described below.
 Zka1のアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基及びナフチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group of Z ka1 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
 Zka1のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基が更に有し得る置換基としては、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素)、ニトロ基、シアノ基、上記のアルキル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、t-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基、ベンジル基、フエネチル基、クミル基等のアラルキル基、アラルキルオキシ基、ホルミル基、アセチル基、ブチリル基、ベンゾイル基、シアナミル基、バレリル基等のアシル基、ブチリルオキシ基等のアシロキシ基、上記のアルケニル基、ビニルオキシ基、プロペニルオキシ基、アリルオキシ基、ブテニルオキシ基等のアルケニルオキシ基、上記のアリール基、フエノキシ基等のアリールオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基等のアリールオキシカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。 Substituents that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group of Z ka1 may further include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), a nitro group, a cyano group, the above-mentioned alkyl groups, a methoxy group, Alkoxy groups such as ethoxy group, hydroxyethoxy group, propoxy group, hydroxypropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, t-butoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, benzyl groups, aralkyl groups such as phenethyl groups and cumyl groups, acyl groups such as aralkyloxy groups, formyl groups, acetyl groups, butyryl groups, benzoyl groups, cyanamyl groups, and valeryl groups, acyloxy groups such as butyryloxy groups, the above alkenyl groups, Examples include alkenyloxy groups such as vinyloxy, propenyloxy, allyloxy, and butenyloxy groups; aryloxy groups such as the above-mentioned aryl groups and phenoxy groups; and aryloxycarbonyl groups such as benzoyloxy.
 一般式(KA-1)におけるXがカルボン酸エステル基であり、一般式(KA-1)が示す部分構造がラクトン環であることが好ましく、5~7員環ラクトン環であることが好ましい。
 なお、下記(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)におけるように、一般式(KA-1)で表される部分構造としての5~7員環ラクトン環に、ビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環していることが好ましい。
 一般式(KA-1)で表される環構造が結合してもよい周辺の環構造については、例えば、下記(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)におけるもの、又はこれに準じたものを挙げることができる。
X in general formula (KA-1) is a carboxylic acid ester group, and the partial structure represented by general formula (KA-1) is preferably a lactone ring, preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone ring.
In addition, as shown in (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) below, the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring as a partial structure represented by the general formula (KA-1) has a bicyclo structure and a spiro structure. It is preferable that other ring structures are condensed to form a structure.
Regarding the surrounding ring structures to which the ring structure represented by general formula (KA-1) may be bonded, for example, those in (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) below or to this I can list things that are similar.
 一般式(KA-1)が示すラクトン環構造を含有する構造として、下記(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)のいずれかで表される構造がより好ましい。なお、ラクトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましい構造としては、(KA-1-1)、(KA-1-4)、(KA-1-5)、(KA-1-6)、(KA-1-13)、(KA-1-14)、(KA-1-17)である。 As the structure containing a lactone ring structure represented by general formula (KA-1), structures represented by any of the following (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) are more preferable. Note that the lactone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred structures include (KA-1-1), (KA-1-4), (KA-1-5), (KA-1-6), (KA-1-13), (KA-1- 14), (KA-1-17).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 上記ラクトン環構造を含有する構造は、置換基を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基としては、上記一般式(KA-1)が示す環構造が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。 The structure containing the above lactone ring structure may or may not have a substituent. Preferred substituents include those similar to the substituents that the ring structure represented by the above general formula (KA-1) may have.
 ラクトン構造は光学活性体が存在するものもあるが、いずれの光学活性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学活性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学活性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学活性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上、最も好ましくは98%以上である。 Although some lactone structures have optically active forms, any optically active form may be used. Further, one type of optically active substance may be used alone, or a plurality of optically active substances may be used in combination. When one kind of optically active substance is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more, and most preferably 98% or more.
 一般式(KB-1)のXとして好ましくは、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)を挙げることができる。 Preferably, X in the general formula (KB-1) is a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-).
 一般式(KB-1)におけるY及びYは、それぞれ独立に、電子求引性基を表す。 Y 1 and Y 2 in general formula (KB-1) each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group.
 電子求引性基は、下記式(EW)で示す部分構造であることが好ましい。式(EW)における*は(KA-1)に直結している結合手、又は(KB-1)中のXに直結している結合手を表す。 The electron-withdrawing group preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula (EW). * in formula (EW) represents a bond directly connected to (KA-1) or a bond directly connected to X in (KB-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(EW)中、
 newは-C(Rew1)(Rew2)-で表される連結基の繰り返し数であり、0又は1の整数を表す。newが0の場合は単結合を表し、直接Yew1が結合していることを示す。
 Yew1は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトリル基、ニトロ基、後述の-C(Rf1)(Rf2)-Rf3で表されるハロ(シクロ)アルキル基、ハロアリール基、オキシ基、カルボニル基、スルホニル基、スルフィニル基、及びこれらの組み合わせをあげることができ、電子求引性基は例えば下記構造であってもよい。なお、「ハロ(シクロ)アルキル基」とは、少なくとも一部がハロゲン化したアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基を表す。Rew3、Rew4は、各々独立して任意の構造を表す。Rew3、Rew4はどのような構造でも式(EW)で表される部分構造は電子求引性を有し、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ化アルキル基である。
In the formula (EW),
new is the repeating number of the linking group represented by -C(R ew1 )(R ew2 )-, and represents an integer of 0 or 1. When new is 0, it represents a single bond and indicates that Y ew1 is directly bonded.
Y ew1 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a halo(cyclo)alkyl group represented by -C(R f1 )(R f2 )-R f3 described below, a haloaryl group, an oxy group, a carbonyl group , a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, and a combination thereof, and the electron-withdrawing group may have the following structure, for example. Note that the term "halo(cyclo)alkyl group" refers to an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group in which at least a portion thereof is halogenated. R ew3 and R ew4 each independently represent an arbitrary structure. No matter what structure R ew3 and R ew4 have, the partial structure represented by formula (EW) has electron-withdrawing properties, and is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorinated alkyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 Yew1が2価以上の基である場合、残る結合手は、任意の原子又は置換基との結合を形成するものである。
 Yew1は、好ましくはハロゲン原子、又は、-C(Rf1)(Rf2)-Rf3で表されるハロ(シクロ)アルキル基又はハロアリール基である。
 Rew1、Rew2は、各々独立して任意の置換基を表し、例えば水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 Rew1、Rew2及びYew1の少なくとも2つが互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
When Y ew1 is a divalent or higher group, the remaining bond forms a bond with any atom or substituent.
Y ew1 is preferably a halogen atom, or a halo(cyclo)alkyl group or haloaryl group represented by -C(R f1 )(R f2 )-R f3 .
R ew1 and R ew2 each independently represent an arbitrary substituent, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
At least two of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 may be linked to each other to form a ring.
 ここでRf1はハロゲン原子、パーハロアルキル基、パーハロシクロアルキル基、又はパーハロアリール基を表し、より好ましくはフッ素原子、パーフルオロアルキル基又はパーフルオロシクロアルキル基、更に好ましくはフッ素原子又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。
 Rf2、Rf3は各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は有機基を表し、Rf2とRf3とが連結して環を形成してもよい。有機基としては例えばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基等を表し、これらはハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)で置換されていても良く、より好ましくは、Rf2、Rf3は、(ハロ)アルキル基である。Rf2はRf1と同様の基を表すか、又はRf3と連結して環を形成していることがより好ましい。
 Rf1とRf3とは連結して環を形成してもよく、形成する環としては、(ハロ)シクロアルキル環、(ハロ)アリール環等が挙げられる。
 Rf1~Rf3における(ハロ)アルキル基としては、例えば前述したZka1におけるアルキル基、及びこれがハロゲン化した構造が挙げられる。
 Rf1~Rf3における、又は、Rf2とRf3とが連結して形成する環における(パー)ハロシクロアルキル基及び(パー)ハロアリール基としては、例えば前述したZka1におけるシクロアルキル基がハロゲン化した構造、より好ましくは-C(n)(2n-2)Hで表されるフルオロシクロアルキル基、及び、-C(n)(n-1)で表されるパーフルオロアリール基が挙げられる。ここで炭素数nは特に限定されないが、5~13のものが好ましく、6がより好ましい。
Here, R f1 represents a halogen atom, a perhaloalkyl group, a perhalocycloalkyl group, or a perhaloaryl group, more preferably a fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, or a perfluorocycloalkyl group, and even more preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoroaryl group. Represents a fluoromethyl group.
R f2 and R f3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an organic group, and R f2 and R f3 may be connected to form a ring. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an alkoxy group, which may be substituted with a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). More preferably, R f2 and R f3 are (halo) It is an alkyl group. It is more preferable that R f2 represents a group similar to R f1 or is linked to R f3 to form a ring.
R f1 and R f3 may be connected to form a ring, and examples of the ring formed include a (halo)cycloalkyl ring and a (halo)aryl ring.
Examples of the (halo)alkyl group in R f1 to R f3 include the alkyl group in Z ka1 described above and a halogenated structure thereof.
As the (per)halocycloalkyl group and (per)haloaryl group in R f1 to R f3 or in the ring formed by connecting R f2 and R f3 , for example, the cycloalkyl group in Z ka1 described above is a halogen group. structure, more preferably a fluorocycloalkyl group represented by -C (n) F (2n-2) H, and a perfluoroaryl group represented by -C (n) F (n-1). Can be mentioned. Here, the number n of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 13, and more preferably 6.
 Rew1、Rew2及びYew1の少なくとも2つが互いに連結して形成してもよい環としては、好ましくはシクロアルキル基又はヘテロ環基が挙げられ、ヘテロ環基としてはラクトン環基が好ましい。ラクトン環としては、例えば上記式(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)で表される構造が挙げられる。 The ring which may be formed by connecting at least two of R ew1 , R ew2 and Y ew1 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group or a heterocyclic group, and the heterocyclic group is preferably a lactone ring group. Examples of the lactone ring include structures represented by the above formulas (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17).
 なお、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物中に、一般式(KA-1)で表される部分構造を複数、一般式(KB-1)で表される部分構造を複数、あるいは、一般式(KA-1)の部分構造と一般式(KB-1)の両方を有していてもよい。
 なお、一般式(KA-1)の部分構造の一部又は全部が、一般式(KB-1)におけるY又はYとしての電子求引性基を兼ねてもよい。例えば、一般式(KA-1)のXがカルボン酸エステル基である場合、そのカルボン酸エステル基は一般式(KB-1)におけるY又はYとしての電子求引性基として機能することもあり得る。
In addition, in the compound represented by the above general formula (1), a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formula (KA-1), a plurality of partial structures represented by the general formula (KB-1), or It may have both a partial structure of general formula (KA-1) and general formula (KB-1).
Note that a part or all of the partial structure of general formula (KA-1) may also serve as an electron-withdrawing group as Y 1 or Y 2 in general formula (KB-1). For example, when X in general formula (KA-1) is a carboxylic ester group, the carboxylic ester group functions as an electron-withdrawing group as Y 1 or Y 2 in general formula (KB-1). It is also possible.
 極性変換基を含む基としては、特に限定されないが、極性変換基を含む有機基を挙げることができる。極性変換基を含む有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせであって、極性変換基を有するようにした基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせは、それぞれ、R~Rとしての置換基の具体例における、アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子及びケイ素原子等のヘテロ原子を含む基;並びにこれらの2種以上の組み合わせと同様である。
Examples of the group containing a polarity converting group include, but are not particularly limited to, organic groups containing a polarity converting group. Examples of organic groups containing polarity converting groups include alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; Examples include groups that are a combination of two or more types and have a polarity converting group.
Alkyl group; alkenyl group; cycloalkyl group; aryl group; halogen atom; group containing a heteroatom such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, and silicon atom; and combinations of two or more of these are R 2 - In specific examples of substituents as R 4 , alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; halogen atoms; groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms; and 2 of these It is the same as a combination of more than one species.
 極性変換基を含む基としては、例えば、極性変換基を含むアルキル基、極性変換基を含むアリール基等を挙げることができる。
 極性変換基を含むアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、R~Rとしてのアルキル基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 極性変換基を含むアリール基におけるアリール基としては、例えば、R及びRとしてのアリール基と同様のものを挙げることができる。
Examples of the group containing a polarity converting group include an alkyl group containing a polarity converting group, an aryl group containing a polarity converting group, and the like.
Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group containing a polarity converting group include the same alkyl groups as R 2 to R 4 .
Examples of the aryl group in the aryl group containing a polarity converting group include the same aryl groups as R 1 and R 5 .
 上記一般式(1)中、R、R、及びRが、それぞれ下記一般式(Ar)で表される基であることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (1), R 1 , R 3 and R 5 are each preferably a group represented by the following general formula (Ar).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(Ar)中、R~R10は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。R~R10のうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基である。*は、一般式(1)におけるベンゼン環への結合手を表す。 In the general formula (Ar), R 6 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which . * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
 R~R10としての置換基の具体例は、上述のR~Rとしての置換基の具体例と同様である。
 R~R10のうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基である。
 極性基を含む基は、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、極性基を含む基と同様である。
 酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基は、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基と同様である。
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基は、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つとしての、アルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基と同様である。
Specific examples of the substituents as R 6 to R 10 are the same as the specific examples of the substituents as R 2 to R 4 described above.
At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which .
The group containing a polar group is the same as the group containing a polar group as at least one of R 1 to R 5 .
The group containing a group that decomposes and increases in polarity due to the action of an acid is the same as the group that includes a group that decomposes and increases in polarity due to the action of an acid as at least one of R 1 to R 5 .
A group containing a group that decomposes under the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer is at least one of R 1 to R 5 that decomposes under the action of the alkaline developer and increases its solubility in the alkaline developer. This is similar to groups containing groups that increase solubility in
 また、上記一般式(1)中、R、R、及びRが、それぞれ下記一般式(Ar1)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Moreover, in the above general formula (1), it is preferable that R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 are groups each represented by the following general formula (Ar1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 一般式(Ar1)中、
 R11~R15は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R15のうち少なくとも一つは、下記置換基Yを表す。*は、一般式(1)におけるベンゼン環への結合手を表す。
 置換基Y: ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、カルボニル結合を有する基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、又はイミド基
In general formula (Ar1),
R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the following substituent Y. * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
Substituent Y: hydroxy group, carboxyl group, group having a carbonyl bond, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, or imido group
 R11~R15としての置換基の具体例は、上述のR~Rとしての置換基の具体例と同様である。
 R11~R15のうち少なくとも一つは、上記置換基Yを表す。
Specific examples of the substituents as R 11 to R 15 are the same as the specific examples of the substituents as R 2 to R 4 described above.
At least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the above substituent Y.
 置換基Yとしてのカルボニル結合を有する基の具体例は、上述の極性基を有する基としてのカルボニル結合を有する基の具体例と同様である。
 置換基Yとしてのアシルオキシ基におけるアシル基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~8である。
 置換基Yとしてのアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基におけるアルコキシ基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~8である。
 置換基Yとしてのアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基におけるアリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~14であり、更に好ましくは6~10である。
 置換基Yとしてのアリールオキシカルボニル基におけるアリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~14であり、更に好ましくは6~10である。
 置換基Yとしてのアルコキシカルボニル基におけるアルコキシ基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~8である。
 置換基Yとしてのイミド基は、イミドから水素原子を一つ除した基である。
Specific examples of the group having a carbonyl bond as the substituent Y are the same as the specific examples of the group having a carbonyl bond as the group having a polar group described above.
The number of carbon atoms in the acyl group in the acyloxy group as the substituent Y is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyloxy group as the substituent Y is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyloxy group as the substituent Y is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group in the aryloxycarbonyl group as the substituent Y is preferably 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group as the substituent Y is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 8.
The imide group as the substituent Y is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from imide.
 置換基Yとしての、カルボニル結合を有する基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、及びイミド基は更に置換基を有していても良い。
 更なる置換基としては、上述したR及びRとが更に有していても良い置換基の具体例として前述した各基を挙げることができる。
As the substituent Y, a group having a carbonyl bond, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an imide group may further have a substituent.
As further substituents, the above-mentioned groups can be mentioned as specific examples of the substituents that R 1 and R 5 described above may further have.
 一般式(1)のアニオン部におけるnは、アニオンの個数を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。nの上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、4である。
 nが1であることが好ましい。
n in the anion part of general formula (1) represents the number of anions. n represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 4.
Preferably, n is 1.
 上記一般式(1)におけるMn+はカチオンを表す。
 一般式(1)のカチオン部におけるnは、カチオンの価数を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。nの上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、4である。
 nが1であることが好ましい。
 Mn+としてのカチオンは、1価以上のカチオンであれば、特に限定されないが、オニウムカチオンが好ましく、下記一般式(ZIA)、又は一般式(ZIIA)で表されるカチオンが好ましい。
M n+ in the above general formula (1) represents a cation.
n in the cation part of general formula (1) represents the valence of the cation. n represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 4.
Preferably, n is 1.
The cation as M n+ is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent or higher cation, but an onium cation is preferable, and a cation represented by the following general formula (ZIA) or general formula (ZIIA) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 上記一般式(ZIA)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above general formula (ZIA),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Furthermore, two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.
 一般式(ZIA)としてのカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述するカチオン(ZI-11)、及びカチオン(ZI-12)が挙げられる。
 nが2以上の場合における2価以上のカチオンは、一般式(ZIA)で表される構造を複数有するカチオンであってもよい。このようなカチオンとしては、例えば、一般式(ZIA)で表されるカチオンのR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZIA)で表されるもうひとつのカチオンのR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する2価のカチオンなどを挙げることができる。
Preferred embodiments of the cation as the general formula (ZIA) include the cation (ZI-11) and cation (ZI-12) described below.
The divalent or higher cation in the case where n is 2 or more may be a cation having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZIA). Such cations include, for example, at least one of the cations R 201 to R 203 represented by the general formula (ZIA) and at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the other cation represented by the general formula (ZIA). Examples include divalent cations having a structure in which at least one of them is bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
 まず、カチオン(ZI-11)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZI-11)は、上記一般式(ZIA)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、カチオンすなわち、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZI-11) will be explained.
The cation (ZI-11) is a cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above general formula (ZIA) is an aryl group, that is, an arylsulfonium cation.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the arylsulfonium cation include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. Preferred are cycloalkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ラクトン環基又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。
 ラクトン環基としては、例えば、上述する(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)のいずれかで表される構造から水素原子を除した基が挙げられる。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 each independently represent an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3 to 15), an aryl group (for example, carbon number 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (eg, carbon number 1 to 15), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a lactone ring group, or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
Examples of the lactone ring group include groups obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from the structure represented by any of (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) described above.
 次に、カチオン(ZI-12)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZI-12)は、式(ZIA)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、更に好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基である。
Next, the cation (ZI-12) will be explained.
The cation (ZI-12) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZIA) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocyclo An alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、及び、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, (propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、一般式(ZIIA)について説明する。
 一般式(ZIIA)中、R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, general formula (ZIIA) will be explained.
In general formula (ZIIA), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ラクトン環基及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。
 ラクトン環基としては、例えば、上述する(KA-1-1)~(KA-1-17)のいずれかで表される構造から水素原子を除した基が挙げられる。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a lactone ring group, and a phenylthio group.
Examples of the lactone ring group include groups obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from the structure represented by any of (KA-1-1) to (KA-1-17) described above.
 一般式(1)におけるMn+(カチオン)の好ましい例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。Meは、メチル基を表し、Buはn-ブチル基を表す。 Preferred examples of M n+ (cation) in general formula (1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Me represents a methyl group, and Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 一般式(1)におけるアニオン部分の好ましい例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。Meは、メチル基を表す。 Preferred examples of the anion moiety in general formula (1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 上記化合物(B)が発生する酸のpKaが-10以上5以下であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the pKa of the acid generated by the above compound (B) is -10 or more and 5 or less.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の好ましい例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。Meはメチル基を表す。また、一般式(1)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、上記のアニオンと上記のカチオンを組み合わせた化合物も挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by general formula (1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Me represents a methyl group. Further, as a preferable example of the compound represented by the general formula (1), there can also be mentioned a compound in which the above-mentioned anion and the above-mentioned cation are combined.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、例えば、カップリング反応を使用する方法により合成することができる。 The compound represented by general formula (1) can be synthesized, for example, by a method using a coupling reaction.
 カップリング反応は、例えば、鈴木カップリング等を適用することができる。対カチオンは、例えば、特開平6-184170号公報等に記載の公知のアニオン交換法やイオン交換樹脂による変換法により、所望のカチオンMに変換することが出来る。
 カップリング反応としては、例えば以下を挙げることができる。
For the coupling reaction, for example, Suzuki coupling or the like can be applied. The counter cation can be converted into the desired cation M + by a known anion exchange method or a conversion method using an ion exchange resin, for example, as described in JP-A-6-184170.
Examples of the coupling reaction include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 Xはハロゲン原子を表し、Aはアルキル基を表す。Rは置換基を表す。
 Yはカップリング反応により化合物XYを形成する基を表す。
X represents a halogen atom, and A represents an alkyl group. R represents a substituent.
Y represents a group that forms compound XY through a coupling reaction.
 本発明の組成物中、上述の樹脂(A)中に含まれる繰り返し単位(a)と、一般式(1)で表される化合物の質量比(繰り返し単位(a)/一般式(1)で表される化合物)は、0.75以上であることが好ましく、1以上であることがより好ましく、2以上であることが更に好ましい。上記比を0.75以上とすることにより、樹脂(A)中に含まれる芳香環基と一般式(1)で表される化合物中に含まれる芳香環基の数が近くなり、樹脂(A)と一般式(1)で表される化合物との相溶性がより向上し、更に良好なラフネス性能やパターン形状が得られるため好ましい。
 上記比の上限は特に限定されないが、10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましく、6以下であることが更に好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the mass ratio of the repeating unit (a) contained in the above-mentioned resin (A) to the compound represented by the general formula (1) (repeat unit (a)/general formula (1)) (compound represented) is preferably 0.75 or more, more preferably 1 or more, and even more preferably 2 or more. By setting the above ratio to 0.75 or more, the number of aromatic ring groups contained in the resin (A) and the number of aromatic ring groups contained in the compound represented by general formula (1) become close to each other, and the number of aromatic ring groups contained in the resin (A) becomes close. ) and the compound represented by the general formula (1) is further improved, and even better roughness performance and pattern shape can be obtained, which is preferable.
The upper limit of the ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less.
 化合物(B)としては、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物の他に、例えば、「M X」で表される化合物(オニウム塩)が挙げられ、露光により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記有機酸として、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及びカンファースルホン酸等)、カルボン酸(脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボン酸、及びアラルキルカルボン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸が挙げられる。
Examples of the compound (B) include, in addition to the compound represented by the above general formula (1), a compound represented by "M + X - " (onium salt), which generates an organic acid upon exposure to light. Preferably, it is a compound.
Examples of the organic acids include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkylcarboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide. acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acids.
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは、有機カチオンを表す。
 有機カチオンとしては特に制限されない。有機カチオンの価数は、1又は2価以上であってもよい。
 なかでも、上記有機カチオンとしては、上記一般式(ZIA)、又は一般式(ZIIA)で表されるカチオンが好ましい。
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation.
The organic cation is not particularly limited. The valence of the organic cation may be one or more than two.
Among these, the organic cation is preferably a cation represented by the general formula (ZIA) or the general formula (ZIIA).
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Xは、有機アニオンを表す。
 有機アニオンとしては、特に制限されず、1又は2価以上の有機アニオンが挙げられる。
 有機アニオンとしては、求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオンが好ましく、非求核性アニオンがより好ましい。
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", X - represents an organic anion.
The organic anion is not particularly limited, and includes mono- or divalent or higher-valent organic anions.
As the organic anion, an anion having a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction is preferable, and a non-nucleophilic anion is more preferable.
 非求核性アニオンとしては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0284]~[0289]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
 また、化合物(B)としては、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物の他に、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0290]~[0291]に記載の他の光酸発生剤を挙げることができる。
Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include those described in paragraphs [0284] to [0289] of International Publication No. 2022/024928.
Further, as the compound (B), in addition to the compound represented by the above general formula (1), other photoacid generators described in paragraphs [0290] to [0291] of International Publication No. 2022/024928 can be used. can be mentioned.
 光酸発生剤(B)の含有量は特に制限されないが、形成されるパターンの断面形状がより矩形化する点で、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましい。上記含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、50.0質量%以下が好ましく、30.0質量%以下がより好ましく、25.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤(B)は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
The content of the photoacid generator (B) is not particularly limited, but it should be 0.5% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, since the cross-sectional shape of the formed pattern becomes more rectangular. is preferable, and 1.0% by mass or more is more preferable. The content is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The photoacid generator (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<酸拡散制御剤>
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。
 酸拡散制御剤の種類は特に制限されず、例えば、塩基性化合物(CA)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CB)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸拡散制御能が低下又は消失する化合物(CC)が挙げられる。
 化合物(CC)としては、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(CD)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CE)が挙げられる。
 塩基性化合物(CA)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0132]~[0136]に記載のものが挙げられ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CE)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0137]~[0155]に記載のもの、及び国際公開第2020/066824号公報の段落[0164]に記載のものが挙げられ、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CB)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0156]~[0163]に記載のものが挙げられる。
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(CD)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/158337号の段落[0305]~[0314]に記載のものが挙げられる。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The composition of the present invention may also include an acid diffusion control agent.
The acid diffusion control agent traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator and the like during exposure, and acts as a quencher to suppress the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to the excess generated acid.
The type of acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, and examples include a basic compound (CA), a low molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and actinic rays or radiation. Examples include compounds (CC) whose acid diffusion control ability decreases or disappears when irradiated with.
Compounds (CC) include onium salt compounds (CD) that are relatively weak acids with respect to photoacid generators, and basic compounds (CE) whose basicity decreases or disappears when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Can be mentioned.
Specific examples of the basic compound (CA) include those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824; Specific examples of basic compounds (CE) that disappear include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of International Publication No. 2020/066824, and those described in paragraph [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. Specific examples of low-molecular compounds (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. ].
Specific examples of onium salt compounds (CD) that are weak acids relative to photoacid generators include those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of International Publication No. 2020/158337. .
 上記以外にも、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号の段落[0627]~[0664]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号の段落[0095]~[0187]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号の段落[0403]~[0423]、及び米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号の段落[0259]~[0328]に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤として好適に使用できる。 In addition to the above, for example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1. Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of No. 1, and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 can be suitably used as acid diffusion control agents.
 本発明の組成物に酸拡散制御剤が含まれる場合、酸拡散制御剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.5~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
When the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the acid diffusion control agent (if there are multiple types, the total amount) is 0.1 with respect to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably from 15.0% by weight, more preferably from 0.5 to 15.0% by weight.
In the composition of the present invention, one type of acid diffusion control agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<疎水性樹脂>
 本発明の組成物は、更に、樹脂(A)とは異なる疎水性樹脂(「疎水性樹脂(D)」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)は感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)の添加による効果として、水に対する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制が挙げられる。
<Hydrophobic resin>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as "hydrophobic resin (D)") different from resin (A).
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. It may not contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
The effects of adding the hydrophobic resin (D) include controlling the static and dynamic contact angle of the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with respect to water, and suppressing outgassing.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、フッ素原子、珪素原子、及び、樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有することがより好ましい。上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有することが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)としては、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。
The hydrophobic resin (D) preferably has at least one of a fluorine atom, a silicon atom, and a CH3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin, from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the membrane surface layer. , it is more preferable to have two or more types. The hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chains.
Examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 本発明の組成物が疎水性樹脂(D)を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(D)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~15.0質量%がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin (D), the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) is 0.01 to 20.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. Preferably, 0.1 to 15.0% by mass is more preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することができる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。
<Surfactant>
The composition of the invention may also contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
 界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.0005 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 1.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
<溶剤>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいることが好ましい。なお、上記溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Solvent>
Preferably, the composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
The solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable that at least one selected from the group is included. Note that the above solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
 上述した溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせると、本発明の組成物の塗布性の向上、及び、パターンの現像欠陥数の低減の観点で好ましい。上述した溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制することができる。
 成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
It is preferable to combine the above-mentioned solvent and the above-mentioned resin from the viewpoint of improving the coating properties of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the above-mentioned solvent has a good balance between the solubility, boiling point and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, it is possible to suppress uneven film thickness of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive films and the occurrence of precipitates during spin coating. can.
Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明の組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めることがより好ましい。こうすると、本発明の組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。 The content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the applicability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.
 なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味するものであり、上述の通り、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分を意味する。
 固形分濃度とは、本発明の組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量の質量百分率である。
 「全固形分」とは、本発明の組成物の全組成から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また、「固形分」とは、上述のように、溶剤を除いた成分であり、例えば、25℃において固体であっても、液体であってもよい。
Note that the solid content refers to all components other than the solvent, and as described above, refers to components that form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
The solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition of the present invention.
"Total solid content" refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the entire composition of the composition of the present invention. Further, as described above, the "solid content" refers to components excluding the solvent, and may be solid or liquid at 25° C., for example.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又は、カルボキシル基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Other additives>
The composition of the present invention includes a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or It may further contain an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
 上記「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。 The above-mentioned "dissolution-inhibiting compound" is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less that decomposes under the action of an acid and reduces its solubility in an organic developer.
 本発明の組成物は、EB又はEUV露光用感光性組成物として好適に用いられる。
 EUV光は波長13.5nmであり、ArF(波長193nm)光等に比べて、より短波長であるため、同じ感度で露光された際の入射フォトン数が少ない。そのため、確率的にフォトンの数がばらつく“フォトンショットノイズ”の影響が大きく、ラインエッジラフネス(LER)の悪化及びブリッジ欠陥を招く。フォトンショットノイズを減らすには、露光量を大きくして入射フォトン数を増やす方法があるが、高感度化の要求とトレードオフとなる。
The composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EB or EUV exposure.
EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF (wavelength 193 nm) light, etc., so the number of incident photons when exposed with the same sensitivity is smaller. Therefore, the influence of "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons varies stochastically is significant, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridging defects. One way to reduce photon shot noise is to increase the number of incident photons by increasing the exposure amount, but this comes at a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法]
 本発明は、本発明の組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にも関する。本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜はレジスト膜であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物を用いて得られるパターンは、ポジ型であってもネガ型であってもよいが、ポジ型であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有することが好ましい。
 工程1:本発明の組成物により、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程
 工程2:上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程
 工程3:露光された上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
[Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method]
The invention also relates to actinic- or radiation-sensitive films formed with the compositions of the invention. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
The pattern obtained using the composition of the present invention may be positive or negative, but is preferably positive.
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it is preferable to include the following steps.
Step 1: Step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention Step 2: Step of exposing the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film Step 3: Step 3: Step of exposing the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film to light Step of developing an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer The procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail below.
(工程1:感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜形成工程)
 工程1は、本発明の組成物により、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程である。
(Step 1: Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formation step)
Step 1 is a step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
 本発明の組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、本発明の組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前に本発明の組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過することが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
Examples of the method for forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of coating the composition of the present invention on a substrate.
In addition, it is preferable to filter the composition of the present invention through a filter before application, if necessary. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 本発明の組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。
 本発明の組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The compositions of the present invention can be applied by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater, onto substrates (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After applying the composition of the present invention, the substrate may be dried to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 Examples of the drying method include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光とする場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。ArF液浸露光とする場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure, the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. In the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
 なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜と混合せず、更に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に形成することが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、本発明の組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
 トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも1つ含む化合物を含むことも好ましい。
Note that a top coat may be formed on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a top coat composition.
It is preferable that the top coat composition is not mixed with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the composition of the present invention.
It is also preferable that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
(工程2:露光工程)
 工程2は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成した感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが特に好ましい。
(Step 2: Exposure step)
Step 2 is a step of exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Examples of active light or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and 1 to 200 nm. Particularly preferred are deep ultraviolet light of wavelengths, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
 露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うことが好ましい。ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 この工程は露光後ベークともいう。
It is preferable to perform baking (heating) after exposure and before development. Baking accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out using a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may also be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
This step is also called post-exposure bake.
(工程3:現像工程)
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。現像液は、アルカリ現像液であることが好ましい。
(Process 3: Development process)
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer). The developer is preferably an alkaline developer.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静置して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and left to stand for a certain period of time (paddle method). method), a method in which the developer is sprayed onto the surface of the substrate (spray method), and a method in which the developer is continuously discharged while scanning a developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). ).
Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
 アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0であることが好ましい。 As the alkaline developer, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali. The type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, but examples include quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions containing. Among these, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable that there be.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
(他の工程)
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。
(Other processes)
It is preferable that the pattern forming method includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
Examples of the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing using an alkaline developer include pure water. Note that an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added to the pure water.
An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse liquid.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。 The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used. The rinsing liquid should contain at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)が挙げられる。
 また、パターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method) and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Further, the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Further, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed. A method of forming a pattern is preferred. The dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 本発明の組成物、及びパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm(parts per million)以下が好ましく、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZnが挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method (e.g., solvent, developer, rinsing liquid, composition for forming an antireflective film, composition for forming a top coat, etc.) do not contain impurities such as metals. It is preferable not to include it. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, still more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, and particularly 10 mass ppt or less. Preferably, 1 mass ppt or less is most preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, Examples include W and Zn.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0321]に記載される。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法が挙げられる。 Methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, methods of selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and methods of filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。 In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials mentioned above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from being mixed in during the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 parts per trillion or less, more preferably 10 parts per trillion or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、及び、チューブ等)の故障を防止するため、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0.01質量%以上が好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
Organic processing liquids such as rinsing liquids contain conductive compounds to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. may be added. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned. The amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used. Similarly, for the filter and O-ring, antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 本明細書は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本明細書の電子デバイスの好適態様としては、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に搭載される態様が挙げられる。
[Manufacturing method of electronic device]
The present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
Preferred embodiments of the electronic device of this specification include embodiments in which it is installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on Examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, and processing procedures shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the Examples shown below.
 実施例及び比較例のレジスト組成物に用いた各種成分について以下に示す。 Various components used in the resist compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
<樹脂(A)>
 樹脂(A)として、A-1~A-36を用いた。
 また、樹脂(A)ではない樹脂として、AT-1~AT-2を用いた。便宜的に、下記表1ではAT-1~AT-2も樹脂(A)の欄に記載する。
 樹脂(A)は、後述する樹脂A-1の合成方法(合成例1)に準じて合成したものを用いた。
<Resin (A)>
As the resin (A), A-1 to A-36 were used.
Further, AT-1 to AT-2 were used as resins other than resin (A). For convenience, AT-1 to AT-2 are also listed in the column of resin (A) in Table 1 below.
Resin (A) was synthesized according to the synthesis method for resin A-1 (Synthesis Example 1) described below.
 表1に、後掲に示される各繰り返し単位の組成比(モル%比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を示す。
 なお、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Pd=Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。
Table 1 shows the composition ratio (mol% ratio; corresponding sequentially from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersion degree (Pd=Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount is in terms of polystyrene). Further, the content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
 表1に示される各繰り返し単位a-1~a-27、b-1~b-12、c-1~c-11、及びd-1~d-5、d-7~d-15の構造を以下に示す。a-1~a-27については、対応するモノマーの構造として示す。 Structure of each repeating unit a-1 to a-27, b-1 to b-12, c-1 to c-11, and d-1 to d-5, d-7 to d-15 shown in Table 1 is shown below. Regarding a-1 to a-27, the structures of the corresponding monomers are shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
<合成例1:樹脂A-1の合成>
 A-1の合成例を以下に示す。その他の樹脂(A)も同様に合成した。
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin A-1>
A synthesis example of A-1 is shown below. Other resins (A) were also synthesized in the same manner.
(モノマー(a-1)の合成) (Synthesis of monomer (a-1))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
・中間体(a-1-1)の合成
 4-ビニル安息香酸(20.0g,135mmol)をジクロロメタン100mLに分散させ、ジメチルホルムアミド(10μl)を加えて40℃に加熱し、還流させる。塩化チオニル(16.1g,135mmol)を滴下した後、40℃で2時間攪拌した。反応混合物から溶媒を減圧留去し、中間体(a-a-1)22.1gを得た。中間体(a-a-1)はこれ以上精製することなく、次の反応に用いた。
- Synthesis of intermediate (a-1-1) 4-vinylbenzoic acid (20.0 g, 135 mmol) is dispersed in 100 mL of dichloromethane, dimethylformamide (10 μl) is added, and the mixture is heated to 40° C. and refluxed. After adding thionyl chloride (16.1 g, 135 mmol) dropwise, the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. The solvent was distilled off from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure to obtain 22.1 g of intermediate (aa-1). Intermediate (aa-1) was used in the next reaction without further purification.
・モノマー(a-1)の合成
 チオフェン-2-カルボアルデヒド(15.7g,140mmol)とテトラヒドロフラン(THF)125mLを混合し、窒素雰囲気下、-10℃に冷却した。メチルマグネシウムブロミド(1.0Mテトラヒドロフラン溶液)130ml(130mmol)を滴下し、-10℃でさらに1時間攪拌した。-10℃に冷却した反応液に、中間体(a-1-1)(20.0g,120mmol)を滴下した。65℃で1時間攪拌した後、n-ヘキサン500mLと蒸留水500mLを加え、分液操作を行った。有機層の溶媒を減圧留去した。残留物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(溶離液:酢酸エチル/n-ヘキサン=3/97(容量比))で精製し、モノマー(a-1)21.3gを得た。化合物の同定は、エレクトロスプレーイオン化質量分析(ESI-MS)により行った。
MS-ESI(positive) m/z=257.3[M]
- Synthesis of monomer (a-1) Thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (15.7 g, 140 mmol) and 125 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF) were mixed and cooled to -10° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. 130 ml (130 mmol) of methylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M tetrahydrofuran solution) was added dropwise, and the mixture was further stirred at -10°C for 1 hour. Intermediate (a-1-1) (20.0 g, 120 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction solution cooled to -10°C. After stirring at 65° C. for 1 hour, 500 mL of n-hexane and 500 mL of distilled water were added to perform a liquid separation operation. The solvent in the organic layer was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate/n-hexane = 3/97 (volume ratio)) to obtain 21.3 g of monomer (a-1). Compound identification was performed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS).
MS-ESI (positive) m/z=257.3 [M] +
(樹脂A-1の合成) (Synthesis of resin A-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 モノマーとして(M-1)、(M-2)、(a-1)を用い、各モノマーを(M-1):(M-2):(a-1)=55/10/35のモル比になるように混合し、シクロヘキサノンをモノマー濃度が30wt%の溶液になるように加え、開始剤ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)を8mol%添加し、モノマー溶液を調整した。窒素雰囲気下0.1質量倍のシクロヘキサノンを85℃に加熱し、モノマー溶液を2時間かけて滴下した後、さらに2時間85℃で反応させた。得られた樹脂の溶液を酢酸エチル:n-ヘプタン=1:9(容量比)混合溶媒中に滴下し、樹脂を沈殿させ、ろ過、回収後、真空乾燥し、収率69%で樹脂A-1を得た。 (M-1), (M-2), and (a-1) are used as monomers, and the mole of each monomer is (M-1):(M-2):(a-1)=55/10/35. Add cyclohexanone so that the monomer concentration is 30 wt%, add 8 mol% of initiator dimethyl 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate), and adjust the monomer solution. did. 0.1 times the mass of cyclohexanone was heated to 85° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the monomer solution was added dropwise over 2 hours, followed by further reaction at 85° C. for 2 hours. The obtained resin solution was dropped into a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate:n-heptane=1:9 (volume ratio) to precipitate the resin, filter it, collect it, and vacuum dry it to obtain Resin A- with a yield of 69%. I got 1.
 比較例には、下記の樹脂(AX-1)~(AX-6)を用いた。各繰り返し単位の右下の数字は、各繰り返し単位の含有比率(モル比)を表す。 The following resins (AX-1) to (AX-6) were used in comparative examples. The number at the bottom right of each repeating unit represents the content ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
<光酸発生剤(B)>
 光酸発生剤(B)として、下記表2に示される化合物(B-1)~(B-80)のうち、化合物(B-2)~(B-6)、(B-8)、(B-10)、(B-17)、(B-18)、(B-23)、(B-24)、(B-29)、(B-33)、(B-38)、(B-39)、(B-46)、(B-48)、(B-51)~(B-53)、(B-56)、(B-57)、(B-62)、(B-68)、(B-70)、(B-77)、(B-78)、及び(B-80)を用いた。
 化合物(B-1)~(B-80)は、表2に記載のカチオンと表2に記載のアニオンを組み合わせてなるものである。
<Photoacid generator (B)>
As the photoacid generator (B), among the compounds (B-1) to (B-80) shown in Table 2 below, compounds (B-2) to (B-6), (B-8), ( B-10), (B-17), (B-18), (B-23), (B-24), (B-29), (B-33), (B-38), (B- 39), (B-46), (B-48), (B-51) to (B-53), (B-56), (B-57), (B-62), (B-68) , (B-70), (B-77), (B-78), and (B-80) were used.
Compounds (B-1) to (B-80) are formed by combining the cations listed in Table 2 and the anions listed in Table 2.
 上記のソフトウェアパッケージ1にて、化合物(B-1)~(B-80)が発生する酸のpKaが-10以上5以下であることを確認した。なお、Meはメチル基を表す。 Using the above software package 1, it was confirmed that the pKa of the acids generated by compounds (B-1) to (B-80) was -10 or more and 5 or less. Note that Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
 表2に記載のカチオンの構造を以下に示す。Meはメチル基を表し、Buは、n-ブチル基を表す。 The structures of the cations listed in Table 2 are shown below. Me represents a methyl group, and Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 表2に記載のアニオンの構造を以下に示す。Meはメチル基を表し、Buは、n-ブチル基を表す。 The structures of the anions listed in Table 2 are shown below. Me represents a methyl group, and Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 光酸発生剤(B)として、下記の化合物(BX-1)、(BX-2)も用いた。 The following compounds (BX-1) and (BX-2) were also used as photoacid generators (B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
<酸拡散制御剤>
 酸拡散制御剤としては、下記C-1~C-14を用いた。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
As acid diffusion control agents, the following C-1 to C-14 were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
<界面活性剤>
 界面活性剤としては、下記W-1~W-4を用いた。
 W-1:メガファックR08(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系)
 W-2:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系) W-3:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-4:PF6320(OMNOVA社製;フッ素系)
<Surfactant>
As surfactants, the following W-1 to W-4 were used.
W-1: Megafac R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Co., Ltd.; fluorine and silicone-based)
W-2: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; silicone-based) W-3: Troysol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.; fluorine-based)
W-4: PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA; fluorine-based)
<溶剤>
 使用した溶剤を以下に示す。
 S-1:ジアセトンアルコール(DAA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-3:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-4:乳酸エチル(EL)
 S-5:3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(EEP)
 S-6:2-ヘプタノン(MAK)
 S-7:3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル(MMP)
 S-8:酢酸3-メトキシブチル
 S-9:γ‐ブチロラクトン
<Solvent>
The solvents used are shown below.
S-1: Diacetone alcohol (DAA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-3: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-4: Ethyl lactate (EL)
S-5: Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP)
S-6: 2-heptanone (MAK)
S-7: Methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP)
S-8: 3-methoxybutyl acetate S-9: γ-butyrolactone
<レジスト組成物の調製>
 表3に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤に溶解させて、同表に示す固形分濃度にて溶液を調製し、これを0.02μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、レジスト組成物R-1~R-44、RX-1~RX-6を得た。
 なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
<Preparation of resist composition>
The components shown in Table 3 were dissolved in the solvent shown in the same table to prepare a solution at the solid content concentration shown in the same table, and this was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 μm to prepare a resist composition R. -1 to R-44 and RX-1 to RX-6 were obtained.
Note that the solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
<レジスト組成物の塗設>
 調製したレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSi(シリコン)ウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、130℃、300秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
 ここで、1インチは、0.0254mである。
 なお、上記Siウェハをクロム基板に変更しても、同様の結果が得られるものである。
<Coating of resist composition>
The prepared resist composition was applied onto a 6-inch Si (silicon) wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark 8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 130° C. for 300 seconds. As a result, a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm was obtained.
Here, 1 inch is 0.0254 m.
Note that similar results can be obtained even if the Si wafer is replaced with a chromium substrate.
<パターン形成方法(1):EB露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、電子線描画装置((株)アドバンテスト製;F7000S、加速電圧50keV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。この際、1:1のラインアンドスペースが形成されるように描画を行った。電子線描画後、100℃、60秒ホットプレート上で加熱し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥した。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。
<Pattern formation method (1): EB exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam drawing device (manufactured by Advantest Corporation; F7000S, acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so that a 1:1 line and space was formed. After electron beam drawing, it was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. . Thereafter, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it.
[評価]
 線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像する時の照射エネルギーを感度(Eop)とした。
[evaluation]
The irradiation energy used to resolve a 1:1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 50 nm was defined as the sensitivity (Eop).
<L/S解像性>
 上記感度(Eop)を示す露光量における限界解像力(ラインとスペース(ライン:スペース=1:1)が分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像力(nm)とした。
<L/S resolution>
The critical resolving power (minimum line width at which lines and spaces (line:space=1:1) are separated and resolved) at the exposure amount showing the above sensitivity (Eop) was defined as the resolving power (nm).
<ラインウィズスラフネス(LWR)性能>
 ラインウィズスラフネスは、上記Eopにおいて、線幅50nmのラインアンドスペースパターン(ライン:スペース=1:1)の長手方向0.5μmの任意の50点について、線幅を計測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求め、3σ(nm)を算出した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
<Line with roughness (LWR) performance>
Line width roughness is determined by measuring the line width at arbitrary 50 points of 0.5 μm in the longitudinal direction of a line and space pattern (line: space = 1:1) with a line width of 50 nm in the above Eop, and measuring the standard deviation ( σ) was determined, and 3σ (nm) was calculated. The smaller the value, the better the performance.
<パタ-ン形状>
 上記の感度を示す照射量における線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-4800)を用いて観察した。ラインパターンの断面形状において、[ラインパターンのトップ部(表面部)における線幅/ラインパターンの中部(ラインパターンの高さの半分の高さ位置)における線幅]で表される比率が1.1以上のものを「逆テーパー」とし、該比率が1.03以上1.1未満のものを「やや逆テーパー」とし、該比率が1.03未満のものを「矩形」として、評価を行った。
<Pattern shape>
The cross-sectional shape of a 1:1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 50 nm at the irradiation dose exhibiting the above sensitivity was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). In the cross-sectional shape of a line pattern, the ratio expressed by [line width at the top part (surface part) of the line pattern/line width at the middle part of the line pattern (at a height position half the height of the line pattern)] is 1. 1 or more is considered a "reverse taper", a ratio of 1.03 or more but less than 1.1 is considered a "slightly reverse taper", and a ratio of less than 1.03 is considered a "rectangle". Ta.
 下記表4に使用したレジスト組成物と結果を示す。 Table 4 below shows the resist compositions used and the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
<パターン形成方法(2):EUV露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA(開口数)0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。露光後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱した後、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスした。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。
<Pattern formation method (2): EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was exposed using an EUV exposure device (Exitech Micro Exposure Tool, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). , pattern exposure was performed using an exposure mask (line/space=1/1). After exposure, it was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 90 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, and then rinsed with water for 30 seconds. Thereafter, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it.
[評価]
 前述したものと同じ方法で、解像性、LWR性能、及びパターン形状の評価を行った。
[evaluation]
Resolution, LWR performance, and pattern shape were evaluated using the same methods as described above.
 下記表5に使用したレジスト組成物と結果を示す。 Table 5 below shows the resist compositions used and the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
 表4~5の結果から、実施例で用いたレジスト組成物は、解像性、LWR性能に優れ、優れたパターン形状が得られることが分かった。 From the results in Tables 4 and 5, it was found that the resist compositions used in the examples had excellent resolution and LWR performance, and that excellent pattern shapes could be obtained.
 本発明により、極微細(例えば、線幅50nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径50nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、解像性及びLWR性能に優れ、良好なパターン形状を得ることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to obtain a good pattern shape with excellent resolution and LWR performance in the formation of extremely fine patterns (for example, line and space patterns with a line width of 50 nm or less, hole patterns with a hole diameter of 50 nm or less, etc.). Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the above-mentioned actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2022年7月1日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-107408)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
 
 
  
Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-107408) filed on July 1, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.


Claims (17)

  1.  下記(A)及び(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
     (A)酸の作用により分解し、極性が変化する基を有する、下記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位(a)を含有する樹脂
     (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(a)中、R101~R103は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R102はL101と結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合、アルキレン基、又はアルケニレン基を表す。
     L101は2価の芳香環基を表す。R102と結合して環を形成する場合には、3価の芳香環基を表す。
     R104及びR105は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
     R106はヘテロ原子の非共有電子対が共役系を構成している芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。R104~R106は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B).
    (A) A resin containing a repeating unit (a) represented by the following general formula (a) that decomposes under the action of an acid and has a group whose polarity changes. (B) Generates an acid when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Compound
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In general formula (a), R 101 to R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 102 may be combined with L 101 to form a ring, and in that case R 102 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkenylene group.
    L 101 represents a divalent aromatic ring group. When bonded with R 102 to form a ring, it represents a trivalent aromatic ring group.
    R 104 and R 105 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
    R 106 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group in which lone pairs of heteroatoms constitute a conjugated system. R 104 to R 106 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  2.  前記一般式(a)中、R106がS、O、N、Se、又はTeを含む5員環骨格を有する単環又は多環の芳香族ヘテロ環基である請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 2. The activity-sensitive compound according to claim 1, wherein in the general formula (a), R 106 is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group having a 5-membered ring skeleton containing S, O, N, Se, or Te. Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
  3.  前記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(a-2)~(a-7)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位である請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(a-2)~(a-7)中、R111~R113は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
     L111は2価の芳香環基を表す。
     R114及びR115は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
     R114及びR115は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
     R117~R121は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。R117~R121は互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
     AはS、O、N(R)、Se、又はTeを表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive ray according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (a) is a repeating unit represented by any of the following general formulas (a-2) to (a-7). radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In general formulas (a-2) to (a-7), R 111 to R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom.
    L 111 represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
    R 114 and R 115 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
    R 114 and R 115 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    R 117 to R 121 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 117 to R 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    A represents S, O, N(R), Se, or Te. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  4.  前記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位が、前記一般式(a-2)又は一般式(a-3)で表される繰り返し単位である請求項3に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 Actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive material according to claim 3, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (a) is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (a-2) or the general formula (a-3). Radioactive resin composition.
  5.  前記一般式(a)で表される繰り返し単位が、前記一般式(a-2)で表される繰り返し単位である請求項3に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (a) is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (a-2).
  6.  前記一般式(a)中のL101がフェニレン基である請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein L 101 in the general formula (a) is a phenylene group.
  7.  前記一般式(a)中のR104及びR105に含まれる炭素原子数の総数が1以上である請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 104 and R 105 in the general formula (a) is 1 or more.
  8.  前記樹脂(A)が、下記一般式(c)で表される繰り返し単位(c)をさらに含む請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     一般式(c)中、R61~R63は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。ただし、R62はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR62は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
     Lは単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Arは(k+1)価の芳香環を表し、R62と結合して環を形成する場合には(k+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
     kは、1~5の整数を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin (A) further contains a repeating unit (c) represented by the following general formula (c).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In general formula (c), R 61 to R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an organic group, or a halogen atom. However, R 62 may combine with Ar to form a ring, and in that case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
    L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Ar represents a (k+1)-valent aromatic ring, and when bonded with R 62 to form a ring, represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
    k represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  9.  前記繰り返し単位(a)の含有量が前記樹脂(A)の全質量に対して10質量%以上である請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the repeating unit (a) is 10% by mass or more based on the total mass of the resin (A).
  10.  前記化合物(B)が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物である請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立にアリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
     R~Rは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Mn+はカチオンを表す。
     nは1以上の整数を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the compound (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In general formula (1), R 1 and R 5 each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
    R 2 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    M n+ represents a cation.
    n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  11.  前記一般式(1)中、Rがアリール基を表す請求項10に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 10, wherein R 3 in the general formula (1) represents an aryl group.
  12.  前記一般式(1)中、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基である請求項10に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 In the general formula (1), at least one of R 1 to R 5 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 10, which is a group containing a group that increases solubility in an alkaline developer.
  13.  前記一般式(1)中、R、R、及びRが、それぞれ下記一般式(Ar)で表される基である請求項10に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     一般式(Ar)中、R~R10は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。R~R10のうち少なくとも一つは、極性基を含む基、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を含む基、又はアルカリ現像液の作用により分解し、アルカリ現像液中での溶解度が増大する基を含む基である。*は、一般式(1)におけるベンゼン環への結合手を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 10, wherein R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 in the general formula (1) are each a group represented by the following general formula (Ar). .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In the general formula (Ar), R 6 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of R 6 to R 10 is a group containing a polar group, a group containing a group whose polarity increases when decomposed by the action of an acid, or a group which decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and has solubility in the alkaline developer. It is a group containing a group in which . * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
  14.  前記一般式(1)中、R、R、及びRが、それぞれ下記一般式(Ar1)で表される基である請求項10に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     一般式(Ar1)中、R11~R15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R15のうち少なくとも一つは、下記置換基Yを表す。*は、一般式(1)におけるベンゼン環への結合手を表す。
    置換基Y:ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、カルボニル結合を有する基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、又はイミド基
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 10, wherein R 1 , R 3 , and R 5 in the general formula (1) are each a group represented by the following general formula (Ar1). .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In the general formula (Ar1), R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of R 11 to R 15 represents the following substituent Y. * represents a bond to the benzene ring in general formula (1).
    Substituent Y: hydroxy group, carboxyl group, group having a carbonyl bond, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, or imido group
  15.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  16.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜形成工程と、
    前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する露光工程と、
    露光された前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する現像工程とを含む、パターン形成方法。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film forming step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2;
    an exposure step of exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film;
    A pattern forming method comprising a developing step of developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  17.  請求項16に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。
     
      
      
    A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 16.


PCT/JP2023/023028 2022-07-01 2023-06-21 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method WO2024004802A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022107408 2022-07-01
JP2022-107408 2022-07-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024004802A1 true WO2024004802A1 (en) 2024-01-04

Family

ID=89382897

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/023028 WO2024004802A1 (en) 2022-07-01 2023-06-21 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202405559A (en)
WO (1) WO2024004802A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017138267A1 (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2023140231A1 (en) * 2022-01-21 2023-07-27 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, and compound
WO2023145488A1 (en) * 2022-01-28 2023-08-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017138267A1 (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2023140231A1 (en) * 2022-01-21 2023-07-27 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, and compound
WO2023145488A1 (en) * 2022-01-28 2023-08-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202405559A (en) 2024-02-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7318129B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
KR20230009932A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
WO2011002081A1 (en) Radiation-sensitive resin composition
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
KR20240040785A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
WO2023054127A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023002869A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resin, and method for producing resin
WO2022044706A1 (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024004802A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023162837A1 (en) Positive active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
WO2022190922A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024024691A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and production method for electronic device
WO2022215423A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin
WO2024024669A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023162838A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024070964A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024111511A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2023008127A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023218970A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024004598A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2024084970A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048464A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023140191A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023008345A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
WO2023157635A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23831248

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1